Agenda packet — South Lake Tahoe City Council, March 14, 2023 (part 4 of 5)

2011, The Hartford
C-084-2020
DocuSign Envelope ID: 8349D1DE- A2A3-4DA4-AFFB- 37CEC0055C90 589
THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY.

NOTICE OF CANCELLATION TO CERTIFICATE HOLDER(S)
Policy Number: 57WECADOETR Endorsement:

Effective Date: 03/12/2020 Effective hour is the same as stated on the Information Page of the policy.

Named Insured and Address: Jordan Knighton Architects, Inc. 11661 Blocker Drive, Suite 220
Auburn, CA 95603
This policy is subject to the following additional
Conditions:

A. If this policy is cancelled by the Company, other
than for non- payment of premium, notice of such
cancellation will be provided at least thirty ( 30)
days in advance of the cancellation effective
date to the certificate holder( s) with mailing
addresses on file with the agent of record or the
Company.

B. If this policy is cancelled by the Company for
non- payment of premium, or by the insured,
notice of such cancellation will be provided
within ten ( 10) days of the cancellation effective
date to the certificate holder( s) with mailing
addresses on file with the agent of record or the
Company.

Form WC 99 03 94 Printed in U.S.A.

Process Date: 8/5/2020
If notice is mailed, proof of mailing to the last known mailing address of the certificate holder( s) on file
with the agent of record or the Company will be
sufficient proof of notice.

Any notification rights provided by this endorsement
apply only to active certificate holder( s) who were
issued a certificate of insurance applicable to this
policy' s term.

Failure to provide such notice to the certificate
holder( s) will not amend or extend the date the
cancellation becomes effective, nor will it negate
cancellation of the policy. Failure to send notice
shall impose no liability of any kind upon the
Company or its agents or representatives.

Policy Expiration Date: 0311212021
2011, The Hartford
C-084-2020
DocuSign Envelope ID: 8349D1DE- A2A3-4DA4-AFFB- 37CEC0055C90 590

CITY OF SOUTH LAKE TAHOE BUSINESS AND PROFESSIONS TAX NEW

APPL/ CATION FORM
Fiscal Year July 1, 2020 to June 30, 2021
If located within the city limits
you must submit an approvedZoning/ Building Application form BUSINESS NAME: . JordanKnighton Architects, Inc ( dba JK Architecture Engineering) BUSINESS TYPE: (Describe the exact nature of the business to be conducted):Architecture & Engineering Professional Services BUSINESS PHYSICAL LOCATION, CITY, STATE, ZIP: 165 River Road, Tahoe City, CA 96145 List address where individual consents to receive Serviceof Process per AB2184, Sec16000 1( a)(2) and 16100 1 (a)(2)) BUSINESS PHONE: 530-888-0998----------------------------------- BUSINESS EMAIL ADDRESS: anda@jkaedesign. com------------------------------- BUSINESS MAILING ADDRESS !! ( If different from the Service of Process business address) NAME: Derek Labrecque
STREET/ PO BOX: 11661 Blocker Drive, Suite 220
CITY STATE ZIP Auburn, CA 95603' ' ·----------------------------------- STATE EMPLOYER ID# C 3 65928 ______ FEDERAL EMPLO YERU# 4 6--= 5=25 4=2=04 CALIFORNIASTATE SELLERSPERMIT#( REQUIRED FOR RET.Al.SlllES) ____________ _ CALIFORNIA STATE LICENSE# AND CLASS C30650 - Architect (Derek Labrecque) CONTRACTOR, MASSAGE THERAPIST, BARBERING AND COSMETOLOGY, PROFESSIONAL, ETC.)

TAX COMPUTATION

1. ESTIMATEDGROSS RECEIPTS . $1,000MINIMUM _________________ 1. $300 000

2. TAXRATE IS 2 .69 PER $1,000OF TAXABLE GROSSBASED ON BUSINESS a..ASSH)\ JTQ\

3. TOTAL TAX (LINE 1DIVIDEDBY 1,000THEN MULTIPLIEDBYRATE FROMLINE 2) $ 19,928.00 MAXIMUM 3. $ 807.00

4. $6 2.00ADMINISTRATIVE+$ 10.00TECHNOLOGYFEE: _________________ _,_ 4. $ 72.00

5. SUBTOTAL( ADD LINES 3+4)$20,000MAXIMUM 5.$ 879.00

6. STATE MANDATED DISABILTYACCESS AND EDUCATION FEE 6. $ 4.00

7. TOTALBUSINESS AND PROFESSIONSTAX (ADD LINES 5+6)$ 20,004MAXIMUM 7. $883 .00 SPECIAL FEE SECTION***
Ski Run Business Improvement District (SRBID) & Ski Run FrontageFee Assessment ( Business addresses 1000 -1236SkiRunBlvd & 3668Lake TahoeBlvd)

8. 25%0FTOTAL TAX DUE( LINE 5MULTIPLIED BY 0.25) _________________ -= 8. $ _______ _

9. FRONTAGEFEEBASED ON LINEARFOOT MEASUREMENT FROM ASSESSORS'SPARCEL MAP 9 . $ _______ _ Multi-Family Dwelling/Single Room Occupancy Ordinance (MFD/SRO)

10. MFD$ 88.00TIMES NUMBER OF UNITS ( 6OR MORE UNITS) _____________ -'-"- 10. $ ______ _

11.SR0$ 88.00TIMES NUMBER OF SRO UNITS 11. $ ______ _
Storm Water Inspection Fee per SLTCC § 7.15

12. $ 227.00FORCOMMERICALAND $ 285.00FORINDUSTRIAL 12. $ ______ _

13. TOTAL DUE (ADD LINES 7THROUGH 12) _____________________ 1=3. $ _______ _

NOTICE TO ALL BUSINESS & PROFESSIONS TAX APPLICANTS
Please be advised that in accordance with CityCode § 6.55.020, no use that is illegal under local, state, orfederal law shall be allowed within the City of South Lake Tahoe.

Pursuant to City Code§ 3.35.090 (A), the exact nature or kind of business for which a business certificate is requested must be furnished to the City of South Lake Tahoe.

I will not be selling, distributing, or providing any illegal or controlled substance, including, but not limited to, marijuana, as to do so violates STLCC § 6. "
DATE July 28, 2020
SEE REVERSE SIDE FOR TAX COMPUTATION INSTRUCTIONS**
BL New App rev 05/21/20
C-084-2020
DocuSign Envelope ID: 8349D1DE- A2A3-4DA4-AFFB- 37CEC0055C90 591

BUSINESS ANDPROFESSIONS TAX COMPUTATION INSTRUCTIONS
FINANCE DEPT/ REVENUE DIVISION 1901 Lisa Maloff Way SUITE 210, SOUTH LAKE TAHOE CA 96150 PHONE 530-542-6012 / FAX 530-542-6041 [email protected] I WWW.CITYOFSLT.US

NEW BUSINESS LICENSE APPLICANTS
Line # 1. ESTIMATE your gross receipts for your business from your business start date to the end of the fiscal year ( June 30). The business license fiscal year is July 1 to June 30. Round to the nearest $ 1,000. $1,000 minimum. Gross receipts are your income before expenses.

Line #2. Determine your tax rate schedule by your type of business, as follows:

Schedule A ($1.07 per thousand of gross): retail sales, restaurants, auto repair shops & print shops.

Schedule B ($1.62 per thousand of gross): janitorial, motels, real estate, massage therapy, general contractors ( with only class A or Class B Contractor' s License- no Class C or D license), computer service, consulting ( without a degree) and baby- sitting.

Schedule C ($2.14 per thousand of gross): hairdressers, salons, taxi service, child care ( State licensed for more than six children) and specialty building contractors ( with Class C or D Contractor' s license).

Schedule D ($2.69 per thousand of gross): dentists, physicians, attorneys, civil engineers, optometrists. chiropractors, consultants ( with degrees), and schools of instruction.

If your business is not shown, call (530) 542-6012 and a rate schedule will beassigned.

Line # 3. Divide Line 1 by 1000, then multiply the result by the Tax Rate from Line 2.

Line #4 & 6 are prefilled.

Line #5 & 7 are math.

Line #8. Ski Run Business Improvement District Fee: 25% of total tax due ( total from Line # 5 multiplied by 0.25). Applies to those businesses on Ski Run Blvd with business addresses 1000- 1236 Ski Run Blvd & 3668 Lake Tahoe Blvd.

Line #9. SRBID Frontage Fee: $ 2.00 Per Linear Foot of property fronting on Ski Run Blvd. Measurementfrom Assessor'sParcel Map.

Line #10. Multi- Family Dwelling Ordinance MFD: Call Lyd ia Zuniga 530-542-7417 with questions.

Line # 11. Single Room Occupancy SRO: Call Lydia Zuniga 530-542-7417 with questions.

Line #12. Storm Water Inspection Fee per SLTCC § 7.15: Call Jason Burke ( 530) 542-6038 with questions.

Line #13. Total Due: Add Lines 7 through 12. This is the TOTAL Business and Professions Tax Due.

Please note you are required to notify the Business License Department of an changes regarding your business information.

All City business licenses expire on June 30th of each year. Do not forget to sign the Application.

INCOMPLETE APPLICATIONS, FAILURE TO PAY SPECIAL ASSESSMENTS (SRBID, MFD, SRO, STORM WATER), OR FAILURE TO SIGN WHERE INDICATED WILL DELAY THE ISSUANCE OF YOUR CERTIFICATE.

BUSINESS OWNER/ CORPORATION INFORMATION
CHECK BOX INDICATING TYPE OF BUSINESS OWNERSHIP: 0 OTHER: ______________ _ O SOLE PROPRIETORSHIP ( COMPLETE SECTION 1) CORPORATION ( COMPLETE SECTION 2) 0 PARTNERSHIP ( COMPLETE SECTION2) SECTION 1 - ONLY FOR SOLE PROPRIETORSHIP
NAME: _______________________ TITLE
l NOT PUBLIC INFORMATION U
BUSINESS ADDRESS OR SERVICE OF PROCESS ADDRESS: ---------------- CITY _____________ = ST: ____ ZIP: _______________ _
RESIDENCE PHONE _______ ss #, DRIVER LICENSE#, OR OTHER ID--------- SECTION 2 - COMPLETE FOR ALL OFFICERS OR PARTNERS
CORPORATION/ LLC/PARTNERSHIP NAME: Jordan Knighton Architects, Inc. ---------------------------

U NOT PUBLIC INFORMATION U
OFFICER OR PARTNER NAME: Derek Labrecque TITLE: CEO/President -------------- BUSINESS ADDRESS OR SERVICE OF PROCESS ADDRESS: 11661 Blocker Drive, Suite 220 CITY: Auburn ST: CA ZIP 95603 ----------
BUSINESS PHONE: 530-888-0998 ------------
OFFICER OR PARTNER NAME Chris Vicencio TITLE: Vice President/ Secretary BUSINESS ADDRESS OR SERVICE OF PROCESS ADDRESS 11661 Blocker Drive, Suite 220 CITY: Auburn ST: CA ZIP 95603 ----------
BUSINESS PHONE: 530-888-0998 ------------
OFFICER OR PARTNER NAME: Jordan Knighton TITLE: Director ----------------- 8USINES S ADDRESS OR SERVICE OF PROCESS ADDRESS 165 River Road --------------------- CITY: Tahoe City ST: CA ZIP:_9_6 _14_5 _______ _
BL New App rev 05/21/20
C-084-2020
DocuSign Envelope ID: 8349D1DE- A2A3-4DA4-AFFB- 37CEC0055C90 592

CITY OF SOUTH LAKE TAHOE, CALIFORNIA

BUSINESS AND PROFESSIONS TAX CERTIFICATE

THIS CERTIFICATE MUST BE

POSTED IN A CONSPICUOUS PLACE

NON- TRANSFERABLE
The granting ofthis certificatedoes not
mean approval of the operation of your
business in violation of any provisions of
the City Code or any State Law.

ISSUED TO: TAX NO: 008282
JK ARCHITECHTURE ENGINEERING EXPIRES: 06/30/2017

JORDAN KNIGHTON ARCHITECTS INC
165 RIVER RD
LICENSED ARCHITECT C26985
Detach at perforations and display in a conspicuous place.

ORIGINAL DOCUMENT HAS A COLORED BACKGROUND. ANO IS PRINTED WITH COPY DETERRENT TECHNOLOGY.

USJ?OS! AGE ,.,.:

CITY OF SOUTH LAKE TAHOE

BUSINESS LICENSES
1901 AIRPORT ROAD, SUITE 210
SOUTH LAKE TAHOE, CA 96150-7004
ZIP 9f
041L11
RETURN SERVICE REQUESTE[

JORDAN KNIGHTON ARCHITECTS INC

JK ARCHITECH TURE ENGINEERING
11661 BLOCKER DRIVE STE 220
ABURN , CA 95603
C-084-2020
DocuSign Envelope ID: 8349D1DE- A2A3-4DA4-AFFB- 37CEC0055C90 593

LETTER OFAUTHORIZATION TOPROCEED
Contract Amendment 01 Scale & Scope Increase
DATE: RevisedDecember 23, 2020
CLIENT: CityofSouthLakeTahoe
JOB#: 20-370
PROJECT: Recreation Center
Wearepleased topresenttoyouourrevisedfeeproposalfortheexpanded scopeandconstruction hardcostonthis project. Wehaveendeavored tokeepthefeecompetitive whilemaintaining comprehensive services. Youwillnote thattheoverallfee, asapercentage ofconstruction cost, hasbeenreduced asyoushouldexpect. Weareconfident thefeeandscopeofservices isappropriate todeliverthelevelofdesignandengineering thattheCityand community expectsonapublicfacilityofthisscaleandmagnitude.

PROJECTAMENDMENT
Inaccordance withtheProfessional ServicesAgreement fortheabove-mentioned project, datedJuly28, 2020, this LetterofAuthorization toProceed confirms thefollowing amendment tothecontract:

ContractAmendment 01: Scale & ScopeIncrease ThescaleandscopeofthenewCityofSouthLakeTahoe Recreation Centerhasbeenincreased bytheCitytoaProjectBudgetof $48.0Mconsisting ofaconstruction hard costbudgetofapproximately $42.5Mandsoftcostbudgetof $5.5M.

SCHEDULE AMENDMENT
Phase Original Schedule Revised Schedule
Programming & ConceptDesign 08/01/2020 12/31/2020 08/01/2020 01/15/2021 Schematic Design 01/01/2021 03/31/2021 01/15/2021 03/31/2021 Design Development 05/01/2021 07/31/2021 04/15/2021 08/15/2021 Construction Documents 09/01/2021 11/30/2021 09/01/2021 12/31/2021 AgencyReview 12/01/2021 02/28/2022 01/01/2022 03/31/2022 BidSupport 03/01/2022 04/30/2022 04/01/2022 05/31/2022
Construction Administration 17Months StartJuly2022

FEEAMENDMENT
BasicServices Original Adjustments Revised
Programming & ConceptDesign $ 236,130.00 $ 135,900.00 $ 372,030.00 Schematic Design $ 477,650.00 $ 178,100.00 $ 655,750.00 Design Development $ 750,900.00 $ 409,455.00 $ 1,160,355.00 Construction Documents $ 879,600.00 $ 450,699.00 $ 1,330,299.00 AgencyReview $ 134,400.00 $ 36,205.00 $ 170,605.00
BidSupport $ 56,400.00 ($ 17,031.00) $ 39,369.00
TOTALS $ 2,535,080.00 $ 1,193,328.00 $ 3,728,408.00
FutureServices Original Adjustments Revised
Construction Administration $ 634,100.00 $ 165,448.00 $ 799,548.00 TOTALS $ 634,100.00 $ 165,448.00 $ 799,548.00
AUBURN | TAHOECITY | RENO | SANJOSE IMAGINE | DESIGN | C-010- CREATE 2021 165RiverRoad, Suite1, TahoeCity, CA96145 530.583.9222 www.jkaedesign.com 594
Amended Consultant/Engineering Fees (included inabovefeeproposal) Note: JKAEdidnotmarkuptheseservices.

Structural
Civil/Site
Landscape
Electrical/Lighting/LowVoltage
Mechanical/Plumbing/FireProtection
Aquatic
Kitchen/Foodservice
CostEstimating
Acoustical/NoiseMitigation
Supplemental Services Fees (included inabovefeeproposal) Thefollowing supplemental servicesareincluded, andfeeshavenotchanged fromtheProfessional Services Agreement.

LEEDConsulting
TRPA & Lahontan Consulting
CEQAConsulting
Topographic Survey (1site)
Geotechnical Engineering (1site)
TrafficStudy

REIMBURSABLE EXPENSES AMENDMENT
Therearenoreimbursable expenses currently anticipated onthisproject. Expenses already included inourfee consistoftraveltothejobsite, printingfordesignteamcoordination purposes, phone, andincidental expenses incurred fromtraveltojobsite. Otherowner-paidexpenses areoutlined inAdditional Services & Assumptions per ExhibitAoftheProfessional ServicesAgreement. Specialrequests suchasprintingfordistrictreviews, community functions, orspecialeventsarenotincluded inthisproposal butmayberequested asareimbursable expense.

Ownermayalsorequest specialtravelthatisnotincluded inthisproposal suchasvisitstootherprojects, FF&E vendors, orotherrelatedtravel; allofwhichwillberequested asreimbursable expenses.

CONSTRUCTION ADMINISTRATION
Weunderstand theCityhaschosentoapprove construction administration services andfeesastheproject progresses. Theproposed feeistheamountourdesignandengineering teamrequires toprovidethenecessary services required bytheStandard ofCareweareobligated toprovidebytheCity, ourinsurance providers, and licensingorganizations. ThisfeewillallowustoassisttheCityinadministering thecontract forconstruction asa complex construction projectunderCalifornia public contractcode. Thefeeamount forConstruction Administration hasbeencarefully established byourteam. TheCityagreesthatthisamount shallnotberenegotiated unlessthe scopeofconstruction administration services isincreased ormodified bymutualagreementbytheCityorby unforeseen circumstances.

C-010-2021
CityofSouthLakeTahoeRecCenter Amend01 Page | 2of3
595

CONTRACT NOTE
Otherthantheabove, nothinginthisAmendment isintended toamendorreviseanyofthecontract provisions for theexecutedProfessional ServicesAgreement.

Pleasereviewandletmeknowifyouhaveanyquestions. Wewouldbehappytowalkyouthroughthisproposal and answeranyquestions youmayhave.

Sincerely: Approved:

JordanKnighton, Partner, C15848 Client Date
JKArchitecture Engineering
PrintName/Title
C-010-2021
CityofSouthLakeTahoeRecCenter Amend01 Page | 3of3
596
From: ChrisVicencio
To: JimMarino
Cc: Jordan Knighton; AndaGrenfell
Subject: SLTRecCenter - JKAEWorkplan/FeeFollow Up
Date: Saturday, January 09, 2021 11:02:22AM
Attachments: 20-370Amendment 01REV12.23.20R1.pdf
Hello Jim,
Aswementioned earlier thisweek, wearecommitted toanswering any questions youandtheCity Council have onour fee & approach. Werecommend thatweschedule adiscussion forearly next week towork through allofyour questions and provide youwith theunderstanding ofhow weareapproaching thedesign and fees forthisproject. We corrected theclerical errors ontheFee Amendment, attached. ThefeeAdjustments column total forBasic Services went down to $1,193,328.

Here issome additional analysis thatwethink willhelp inyourreview ofourfee. Weshared with youpreviously the phase-by-phase and consultant-byconsultant hours breakdowns that explain how weare planning the project and how weputthesubsequent feetogether. This essentially gives theCityabreakdown ofourteam’soverall workplan forthe project showing oureffort foreach phase. This isavery detailed assessment ofhowweintend todeliver the Architecture andEngineering services forthisproject. Ourteam isconfident wehave theeffort accurately identified to deliver this project appropriately and economically.

While wehaven’tsetourfees based onapercentage ofconstruction cost, itmay behelpful tocompare thefees against total construction cost. The chart below shows youhow ourfeebreaks down between BASE feeandSPECIALTY consultant fees. Asyouknow thespecialty consultants arethose consultants who would typically behired directly by theCity andwouldn’tnormally beincluded inouroverall fee. Forthis reason, weareshowing afeepercentage calculation excluding these specialty consultants. Youwill see inthespreadsheet below thatouroverall feepercentage isdown below 10% (9.83%) andourfee percentage through thephase 1services isdown to8% (8.05%).

Foraproject ofthisscale and complexity, atotal feeunder 10% isextremely competitive. This feeincludes anumber ofinternal specialty consultants, such asAquatics Design/Engineering, Acoustics Design, andKitchen Design, that historically arenot included inBase services. Infact, programming itself isnottypically included inbase services. We state thisasanother example ofthevalue ourteam isbringing tothis project. Taking thisallintoconsideration, we believe ourfeeishighly competitive and provides anextraordinary value fortheCity. Projects ofthis scale and complexity, with theadditional consultants wehave included inourbase fee, would traditionally result inan Architecture/Engineering feeof11-12% ormore. Westand strongly behind ourfeeasappropriate totherequired workplan forthisproject and asvery good value totheCity andCommunity.

BASEComparisonSPECIALTY TOTAL Architecture & Percentage Survey, Traffic, EngineeringAgainst $ 42.5MTRPA, CEQA, COMBINED
Construction CostGeotech, LEED FEE
Predesign/Program$ 361,500$ 10,530$372,030
Schematic Design$ 516,500$ 139,250$655,750
Design Development$ 1,114,455$ 45,900$1,160,355
Construction Documents$ 1,296,699$ 33,600$1,330,299
Agency Review$ 92,605$ 78,000$170,605
BidSupport$ 39,369$ 0$39,369
PHASE 1SubTotal (Prior toCA
Services)$ 3,421,1288.05%$ 307,280$3,728,408
Construction Administration$ 757,648$ 41,900$799,548
TOTALS$ 4,178,7769.83%$ 349,180$4,527,956
C-010-2021 597
Let’sregroup early next week and discuss further toclarify anyadditional questions youmay have.

LETTER OF AUTHORIZATION TO PROCEED
Contract Amendment 02 – Site & Building Packages (OPTION B) DATE: August 4, 2021 Revised August 19, 2021
CLIENT: City of South Lake Tahoe
JOB#: 20-370
PROJECT: Recreation Center
Please find herein our proposed contract amendment for Architecture, Engineering, and Supplemental Services based on adjustments to the project’ s construction document packaging and construction sequencing.

PROJECT AMENDMENT
In accordance with the Professional Services Agreement for the above- mentioned project, dated July 28, 2020, this Letter of Authorization to Proceed confirms the following amendment to the contract:

Contract Amendment 02: Construction Document Packaging, Construction Sequencing revisions, and associated design and engineering.

SCHEDULE AMENDMENT
Phase Previous Schedule Revised Schedule
Programming & Concept Design 08/01/2020 – 01/15/2021 NA Schematic Design 01/15/2021 – 03/31/2021 NA
Design Development 05/01/2021 – 07/31/2021 08/18/2021 – 11/17/2021 (13 wks) Construction Documents ( Site)
Construction Documents ( Building)
09/01/2021 – 11/30/2021
Same as above
12/8/2021 – 02/11/2022 (9 wks)
12/8/2021 – 03/11/2022 (13 wks)
Agency Review ( Site)
Agency Review ( Building)
1/1/2022 – 3/31/2022
Same as above
02/14/2022 – 04/15/2022 (8 wks)
03/14/2022 – 05/13/2022 (8 wks)*
Note: Agency Review for Building
completion could range from 8 up to
16 weeks potentially completing as
late as 07/08/2022.

Bid Support ( Site)
Bid Support ( Building)
04/01/2022 – 5/31/2022
Same as Above
04/19/2022 – 05/19/2022 (4 wks)
05/26/2022 – 6/30/2022 (5 wks)**
Note: beginning of Bid Suport
phase could range from 05/26/2022
to 07/21/2022 depending on when
Agency Review phase completes.

Construction Administration ( Site)
Construction Administration ( Bldg)
17 months
Same as Above
Start Late May 2022
Start Mid May 2023
DocuSign Envelope ID: C7864012- D0DE- 4640-96CF-F438918CE3D2 599
City of South Lake Tahoe Rec Center – Amend 02 – OPTION B Page | 2 of 4

FEE AMENDMENT
Basic Services Current (Amend #1) Adjustments
Amend #2)
Revised
Programming & Concept Design $ 372,030.00 $ 0.00 $ 372,030.00 Schematic Design $ 655,750.00 $ 0.00 $ 655,750.00
Design Development $ 1,160,355.00 $ 42,940.00 $ 1,203,295.00 Construction Documents $ 1,330,299.00 $ 52,480.00 $ 1,382,779.00 Agency Review $ 170,605.00 $ 35,100.00 $ 205,705.00
Bid Support $ 39,369.00 $ 28,520.00 $ 67,889.00
TOTALS $ 3,728,408.00 $ 159,040.00 $ 3,887,448.00
Future Services Current (Amend #1) Adjustments
Amend #2)
Revised
Construction Administration $ 799,548.00 $ 55,880.00 $ 855,428.00 TOTALS $ 799,548.00 $ 55,880.00 $ 855,428.00
PHASE- BY-PHASE AMENDED SCOPE DESCRIPTION:

Design Development:
o Initial division of facility design and drawing set into site and building packages. o Preliminary permit review agency coordination of site and building package approach and strategy o Coordination and sequencing with TRPA for a single permit approval that overlaps two construction packages.
o Additional effort associated with utility routing and path of travel coordination between phases.

Construction Documents:
o Final coordination of site and building packages in preparation for permit review o Separate project specification packages for site and building packages o Coordination of City’s front-end bid documents for site and building packages o Additional Civil Engineering efforts associated with final paving/ sidewalks to be included as part of building package scope.
o Utility coordination associated with maintaining existing operations through phased development until permanent switch over can occur.

Agency Review
o Separate building department permit submittals for site and building packages o Separate permit agency coordination and plan-check responses for site and building packages Bidding
o Additional project bid for two separate bid packages
Additional pre-bid meeting( s)
Additional RFI period
Additional Addenda issuance
Additional Bid opening
Additional Review of bids
Construction Administration
o Additional Construction Administration over revised construction duration. o Construction Administration of two separate contracts for construction. o Team remobilization for phase 2 construction.
o Project Closeout of two separate contracts for construction.

DocuSign Envelope ID: C7864012- D0DE- 4640-96CF-F438918CE3D2 600
City of South Lake Tahoe Rec Center – Amend 02 – OPTION B Page | 3 of 4 AMENDED DESIGN TEAM PHASE 1 FEES ( PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION ADMINISTRATION):

Architectural:
o Design Development Phase: $ 37,400
o Construction Document Phase: $ 39,400
o Agency Review $ 24,000
o Bid $ 25,000
Sub Total: $ 125,800
Structural:
o Design Development Phase: $ 12,000
o Construction Document Phase: $ 5,000
Sub Total: $ 17,000
Civil/Site:
o Design Development Phase: $ 8,000
o Construction Document Phase: $ 20,000
o Agency Review $ 10,000
o Bid $ 2,000
Sub Total: $ 40,000
Electrical/ Lighting/ Low Voltage:
o Design Development Phase: $ 4,500
o Construction Document Phase: $ 4,900
o Agency Review Phase $ 1,100
o Bid $ 900
Sub Total: $ 11,400
Mechanical/ Plumbing/ Fire Protection:
o Design Development Phase: $ 4,340
o Construction Document Phase: $ 4,960
o Bid $ 620
Sub Total: $ 9,920
Cost Estimating ( Credit for Deletion of Cost Estimating Services)***:
o Design Development Phase: ($ 23,300)
o Construction Document Phase: ($ 21,780)
Sub Total: ($ 45,080)
Note: Design team will coordinate cost estimates with City’s Construction Manager.

TOTAL AMENDED DESIGN TEAM PHASE 1 FEES:

Design Development Phase $ 42,940
Construction Document Phase $ 52,480
Agency Review Phase $ 35,100
Bid Phase $ 28,520
Total Additional Phase 1 Fee****: $ 159,040
Note, there has been no change to scope or fee for the following consultants:
o Landscape Design
o Pool Design
o LEED Consultant
DocuSign Envelope ID: C7864012- D0DE- 4640-96CF-F438918CE3D2 601
City of South Lake Tahoe Rec Center – Amend 02 – OPTION B Page | 4 of 4

CONSTRUCTION ADMINISTRATION
We understand the City/client has chosen to approve construction administration services and fees at a later date as the project progresses.

CA Phase Fee Adjustment: $ 55,880
Total CA Phase Fee:

Current CA Fee (Amend. #1): $ 799,548
CA Phase Fee Adjustment ( Amend. #4): $ 55,880
Total: $ 855,428
Phased Fee Breakdown by Construction Phase:

Site (Phase 1) 20% $ 171,086
Building ( Phase 2) 80% $ 684,342
Total: $ 855,428
ASSUMPTIONS/ RECOMMENDATIONS:

We recommend that the site development package be completed and the site GC as-built and survey phase 1 site work so that this information may be provided to the GC who is selected to perform the building phase of the project.

Each phase of construction to be bid as separate public bid.

Given the approximate one-year time delay between commencement of initial site construction and construction on the building portion of the project, it is possible that the CPT may experience some staffing transition( s) or have other reasoning for making changes to the design. Our team will continue to respond to meet your goals and vision. We would like to clarify that in circumstances like this, design revisions after the project is permitted and bid would be performed on an additional- services basis and would have schedule, and likely cost, impacts to the project.

CONTRACT NOTE:

Other than the revised scope and fees as outlined above, nothing in this Amendment is intended to amend or revise any of the contract provisions for the executed Professional Services Agreement.

Please review and let me know if you have any questions. We would be happy to walk you through this proposal and answer any questions you may have.

Sincerely: Approved:

Chris Vicencio, Partner, C26985 Client Date
JK Architecture Engineering
Print Name/Title
Tamara Wallace, Mayor, City of South Lake Tahoe
DocuSign Envelope ID: C7864012- D0DE- 4640-96CF-F438918CE3D2 9/ 13/ 2021
602
AUBURN | TAHOE CITY | RENO | SAN JOSE
165 River Road, Suite 1, Tahoe City, CA 96145 530. 583. 9222 www. jkaedesign. com IMAGINE | DESIGN | CREATE

LETTER OF AUTHORIZATION TO PROCEED
Contract Amendment 04 – Additional Survey and Backup Generator System Design DATE: August 4, 2021 Revised August 19, 2021
CLIENT: City of South Lake Tahoe
JOB#: 20-370
PROJECT: Recreation Center
Please find herein our proposed contract amendment for additional Architecture & Engineering of Emergency Backup Generator System at Client request and Supplemental Services for Topographic Survey.

PROJECT AMENDMENT
In accordance with the Professional Services Agreement for the above- mentioned project, dated July 28, 2020, this Letter of Authorization to Proceed confirms the following amendment to the contract:

Contract Amendment 04: Architecture & Engineering of Emergency Backup Generator System and Supplemental Services for Topographic Survey.

Schedule: The amended schedule as shown in Contract Amendment # 02 governs with no additional schedule modifications for Contract Amendment # 04.

FEE AMENDMENT
Basic Services Current (Amend #1) Adjustments
Amend #4)
Revised
Programming & Concept Design $ 372,030.00 $ 0.00 $ 372,030.00 Schematic Design $ 655,750.00 $ 0.00 $ 655,750.00
Design Development $ 1,160,355.00 $ 30,767.00 $ 1,191,122.00 Construction Documents $ 1,330,299.00 $ 3,200.00 $ 1,333,499.00 Agency Review $ 170,605.00 $ 0.00 $ 170,605.00
Bid Support $ 39,369.00 $ 0.00 $ 39,369.00
TOTALS $ 3,728,408.00 $ 33,967.00 $ 3,762,375.00
Future Services Current ( amend #1) Adjustments
Amend #4)
Revised
Construction Administration $ 799,548.00 $ 1,600.00 $ 801,148.00 TOTALS $ 799,548.00 $ 1,600.00 $ 801,148.00
PHASE-BY-PHASE AMENDED SCOPE DESCRIPTION:

Design Development – $ 30,767 increase
o DD level development of Emergency Backup Generator design at Client request $3,200 o Topographic Survey ( 1 site) $27,567
The design team, as a convenience for the City, took on the supplemental services scope of work and fees under our contractual services agreement with the City. The City traditionally would contract directly with the consultants for these services. The original budget allocation for Topographic Survey was $19,080. The actual costs for topographic survey are $46,647. This results in a delta of $27,567. See attached add-services requests from the surveyor/ Psomas ( Exhibit A). As the additional survey information will be required for the execution of the project design and permitting, the design team has included in this amendment proposal the additional topographic survey costs. Note that no DocuSign Envelope ID: C7864012- D0DE- 4640-96CF-F438918CE3D2 603
City of South Lake Tahoe Rec Center – Amend 04 Page | 2 of 2 design-team markup has been added to this additional fee. To be invoiced 100% in early design development phase once complete.

See Exhibit B for overlay of topographic surveys described in this proposal.

Construction Documents - $ 3,200 increase
o CD level development of Emergency Backup Generator design Construction Administration - $ 1,600 increase
o Additional Construction Administration of Emergency Backup Generator System o We understand the City/Client has chosen to approve construction administration services and fees at a later date as the project progresses.

Construction Administration Phased Fee Breakdown
Site (Phase 1) 20% $ 160,230
Building ( Phase 2) 80% $ 640,918
Total: 100% $ 801,148
CONTRACT NOTE:

Other than the revised scope and fees as outlined above, nothing in this Amendment is intended to amend or revise any of the contract provisions for the executed Professional Services Agreement.

Please review and let me know if you have any questions. We would be happy to walk you through this proposal and answer any questions you may have.

Sincerely: Approved:

Chris Vicencio, Partner, C26985 Client Date
JK Architecture Engineering
Print Name/Title
Tamara Wallace, Mayor, City of South Lake Tahoe
DocuSign Envelope ID: C7864012- D0DE- 4640-96CF-F438918CE3D2 9/ 13/ 2021
604
605
606
607
608
609
DocuSign Envelope ID: C7864012- D0DE- 4640-96CF-F438918CE3D2 610
DocuSign Envelope ID: C7864012- D0DE- 4640-96CF-F438918CE3D2 611
DocuSign Envelope ID: C7864012- D0DE- 4640-96CF-F438918CE3D2 612
MH
MH
MH
MH
MH
MH
MH
MH
MH
MH
HB
HB
HB
HB
HB
HB
HB
HB HB
HB
HB
HB
HB
EX. SERVICE TO REC CENTER
8" FIRE
3" DOMESTIC
6" SEWER

LATERAL LOCATIONS

UNKNOWN

ORIGINAL - SCOPE OF WORK
AS SHOWN ON EXHIBIT " A" OF

SERVICE AGREEMENT DATED
9/24/ 2020
AMENDMENT 1 - SCOPE OF

WORK AS SHOWN ON

SERVICE AGREEMENT DATED
12/ 3/2020
AMENDMENT 2 - SCOPE OF

WORK AS SHOWN ON

SERVICE AGREEMENT DATED
1/5/2021
AMENDMENT 3 - SCOPE OF
WORK AS SHOWN ON "
EXHIBIT " A" OF SERVICE
AGREEMENT DATED 5/11/ 2021
0' 30' 60' N120'
SCALE: 1" = 60'
LEGEND:

TOPOGRAPHIC SURVEY

SCOPE COMPARISON

APPROXIMATE LIMITS OF ORIGINAL SCOPE FOR
TOPOGRAPHIC SURVEY, DATED 9/24/2020
APPROXIMATE LIMITS OF AMENDMENT 1 SCOPE FOR
ADDITIONAL TOPOGRAPHIC SURVEY, DATED 12/3/2020
APPROXIMATE LIMITS OF AMENDMENT 2 SCOPE FOR
ADDITIONAL TOPOGRAPHIC SURVEY, DATED 1/5/2021
APPROXIMATE LIMITS OF AMENDMENT 3 SCOPE FOR
ADDITIONAL TOPOGRAPHIC SURVEY, DATED 5/11/2021
AUGUST 4, 2021

EXHIBIT B
DocuSign Envelope ID: C7864012- D0DE- 4640-96CF-F438918CE3D2 613
City of South Lake Tahoe – JKAE
PSA Amendment No. 5 to Master Agreement
AMENDMENT NO. 5 TO PROFESSIONAL SERVICES AGREEMENT
The Professional Services Agreement C-084-2020 entered into on July 28, 2020, between the City of South Lake Tahoe, a municipal corporation (“ CITY”) and JK Architectural Engineering ( JKAE) (“ CONSULTANT”) is hereby amended as set forth below.

The terms of the Professional Services Agreement are hereby amended to read as follows:

1. Scope of Services. In addition to the Scope of Services specified within the original Professional Services Agreement, dated July 28, 2020, this Amendment to the Agreement adds the work described within Exhibit A “ Compensation Schedule”, attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference, is hereby amended to include the additional fees and compensation included with Exhibit A, Amendment No. 5 to the Agreement.

2. Term/ Time of Performance. The services by Consultant are to commence upon the execution of this Agreement and shall continue until all authorized work is approved by City. All such work shall be completed not later than May, 2025. Time is of the essence, and failure of Consultant to perform the services required by this Agreement, as amended, by May 2025 shall constitute a material breach of this Agreement as amended.

3. Compensation. Compensation to be paid to the Consultant, as defined within the original Agreement is hereby increased with this Amendment No. 5 by the sum of 855,428.00 as described within Exhibit A attached hereto. In no case shall Consultant compensation for work completed under this Agreement exceed the amended Agreement amount of $3,921,415 plus the additional fee of $885,428.00 for an amended total fee of 4,776,843 without written authorization from the City. Payment by the City under this Agreement shall not be deemed a waiver of defects, even if such defects were known to the City at the time of payment.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed on the date first written above.

CITY OF SOUTH LAKE TAHOE CONSULTANT
By: __________________________ By: __________________________ Devin Middlebrook, Mayor Jordan Knighton
Partner JKAE
Business License # 008282
APPROVED AS TO FORM: ATTEST:

Heather Stroud, City Attorney Susan Blankenship, City Clerk C-106-2022
The presence of electronic signature certifies that the foregoing is a true and correct copy as approved by the South Lake Tahoe City Council.
2022Heather Stroud ( Jun 27, 2022 08:29 PDT) Sue Blankenship (Jun 24, 2022 08:09 PDT) Jun 24, Devin Middlebrook ( Jun 27, 2022 10:10 PDT)Jun 27, 2022 Jordan Knighton (Jul 1, 2022 13:06 PDT) Jordan KnightonJul 1, 2022
614
AUBURN | TAHOE CITY | RENO | SAN JOSE
165 River Road, Suite 1, Tahoe City, CA 96145 530. 583. 9222 www. jkaedesign. com IMAGINE | DESIGN | CREATE

LETTER OF AUTHORIZATION TO PROCEED
Contract Amendment 05 – Construction Administration Services DATE: March 21, 2022
CLIENT: City of South Lake Tahoe, Attn. Jim Marino
JOB#: 20-370
PROJECT: Recreation Center

PROJECT AMENDMENT
In accordance with the Professional Services Agreement for the above-mentioned project, dated July 28, 2020, and previous project amendments, this Letter of Authorization to Proceed confirms the following amendment to the contract:

Contract Amendment 05 – Construction Administration Services:

Construction Administration support and services as outlined in Prime Agreement ( attached Exhibit A) and subsequent contract amendments based on previously- authorized scope changes and fee increases. This amendment is not a scope change, but rather our formal request for authorization of the Construction Administration phase fee. This fee is broken up below into phase 1 and phase 2 allocations. Only the phase 1 fee would be utilized for Spring/Summer/ Fall 2022 construction administration support. The overall combined Construction Administration fee has not changed from what is shown, but not yet authorized, in the Prime Agreement ( attached Exhibit A).

FEE AMENDMENT
Services Current
Includes Amends 1-4)
Adjustments Revised
Programming & Concept Design $ 372,030.00 -$ 372,030.00 Schematic Design $ 655,750.00 -$ 655,750.00
Design Development $ 1,234,062.00 -$ 1,234,062.00
Construction Documents $ 1,385,979.00 -$ 1,385,979.00
Agency Review $ 205,705.00 -$ 205,705.00
Bid Support $ 67,889.00 -$ 67,889.00
Add Service 01: LEED IP $ 8,800.00 -$ 8,800.00
Amendment 05: Construction Administration $ 00.00 $ 855,428.00 $ 855,428.00 20% - Site (Phase 1) $ 171,085.60 $ 171,085.60
80% - Building ( Phase 2) $ 684,342.40 $ 684,342.40
TOTALS $ 3,930,215.00 $ 855,428.00 $ 4,785,643.00
CONTRACT NOTE:

Other than the revised scope and fees as outlined above, nothing in this Amendment is intended to amend or revise any of the contract provisions for the executed Professional Services Agreement.

Please review and let me know if you have any questions.

Sincerely: Approved:

Chris Vicencio, Partner, C26985 Client Date
JK Architecture Engineering
Print Name/Title
Devin Middlebrook, Mayor
C-106-2022
Devin Middlebrook (Jun 27, 2022 10:10 PDT) Jun 27, 2022 615
C-106-2022 Jordan Knight Architects
Final Audit Report 2022- 07-01
Created: 2022- 06-23
By: jo Mcdonough ( jmcdonough@cityofslt. us)
Status: Signed
Transaction ID: CBJCHBCAABAAALNFT9Z- z6XdsdaXhBFMDSWDo_ FXCfzo C-106-2022 Jordan Knight Architects" History
Document created by jo Mcdonough ([email protected]) 2022- 06- 23 - 11:58:47 PM GMT- IP address: 128. 92.136. 146 Document emailed to Sue Blankenship ([email protected]) for signature 2022- 06- 24 - 0:02:09 AM GMT
Email viewed by Sue Blankenship ( sblankenship@cityofslt. us) 2022- 06- 24 - 3:07:03 PM GMT- IP address: 128. 92.136. 146 Document e-signed by Sue Blankenship ([email protected]) Signature Date: 2022- 06-24 - 3:09:31 PM GMT - Time Source: server- IP address: 128. 92.136. 146 Document emailed to Heather Stroud ([email protected]) for signature 2022- 06- 24 - 3:09:34 PM GMT
Email viewed by Heather Stroud ([email protected])
2022- 06- 27 - 3:29:21 PM GMT- IP address: 128. 92.136. 146 Document e-signed by Heather Stroud ([email protected]) Signature Date: 2022- 06-27 - 3:29:36 PM GMT - Time Source: server- IP address: 128. 92.136. 146 Document emailed to [email protected] for signature 2022- 06- 27 - 3:29:41 PM GMT
Email viewed by dmiddlebrook@cityofslt. us
2022- 06- 27 - 5:10:20 PM GMT- IP address: 66.189. 255. 213 Document e-signed by Devin Middlebrook ([email protected]) Signature Date: 2022- 06-27 - 5:10:41 PM GMT - Time Source: server- IP address: 66.189. 255. 213 Document emailed to [email protected] for signature 2022- 06- 27 - 5:10:43 PM GMT
616
Email viewed by jordan@jkaedesign. com
2022- 06- 27 - 5:33:55 PM GMT- IP address: 104. 220. 121. 104 Email viewed by [email protected]
2022- 07- 01 - 4:27:56 PM GMT- IP address: 104. 220. 121. 104 Document e-signed by Jordan Knighton ([email protected]) Signature Date: 2022- 07-01 - 8:06:37 PM GMT - Time Source: server- IP address: 104. 220. 4.87 Agreement completed.
2022- 07- 01 - 8:06:37 PM GMT
617
City of South Lake Tahoe
Agenda Item Executive Summary
Joe Irvin, City Manager
Meeting Date: March 14, 2023
Agenda Item #: 20
Agenda Item: Agreement with Lake Tahoe Community College for No-Cost Loan of City-Owned Tahoe Regional Planning Agency Development Rights for Student Housing Executive Summary: LTCC proposes to develop a 33-unit, 100-bed facility deed-restricted for low-income and very-low income students enrolled full-time at LTCC, with one resident director office/apartment. 41 Tahoe Regional Planning Agency (TRPA) residential units of use (RUUs) are needed for the Project. TRPA, the City, and LTCC have agreed that LTCC may borrow 21 RUUs from the City for the Project, which would be transferred back to the City upon adoption of the proposed Mid Town Area Plan, which is anticipated to raise or remove the cap on the number of residential bonus units available for qualifying affordable housing projects.

Requested Action / Suggested Motions: Pass a Motion authorizing and directing the Mayor to execute an agreement with Lake Tahoe Community College to loan at no cost 21 multi-family residential units of use for a 33 unit/100 bed student housing project.

CEQA Determination: The Project is identified in the LTCC Facilities Master Plan, for which LTCC prepared an Initial Study/Mitigated Negative Declaration under the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) (State Clearinghouse #2021040192) which was adopted by the LTCC District Board of Trustees on May 25, 2021. This action is within the scope of the IS/MND and no further environmental review is required under CEQA Guidelines section 15162.

Responsible Staff Member: Hilary Roverud, Director of Development Services Responsible Staff Member: Hilary Roverud, Director of Development Services Reviewed and Approved By:

Susan Blankenship, City Clerk
Olga Tikhomirova, Director of Finance
Heather Stroud, City Attorney
Attachments:
01-Staff Report - LTCC Agreement.docx
02-Agreement to Loan Development Rights to LTCC
618
Council Agenda Report- March 14, 2023 Page 1 of 2
City of South Lake Tahoe
Report to City Council
Meeting Date: March 14, 2023
Title: Agreement with Lake Tahoe Community College to Transfer Development Rights for Student Housing
Location: 1 College Drive (APN 025-041-023)
Responsible Staff Member: Hilary Roverud, Director of Development Services Background: Lake Tahoe Community College (LTCC) currently serves approximately 3,000 students, providing educational opportunities to earn associate degrees, associate degrees for transfer to four-year institutions, as well as certificates of achievement and employable skills certificates to prepare students for employment and career opportunities and growth. LTCC also provides a multitude of student support services, childcare and youth programs, career and technical education programs, athletic programs and community education programs.

The challenges with housing affordability and availability in South Lake Tahoe are also faced by LTCC students. Housing security is an important basic need for student academic success.

Since 2019, LTCC has provided housing for 31 full-time students through a master lease in an off-campus apartment building. LTCC has also been studying options to provide on-campus student housing as a key strategy in developing facilities to support low-income students.

In June 2022 the California legislature approved $1.4 billion to fund student housing projects at 26 public colleges and universities, including $39 million to support a 100-bed LTCC student housing project. A condition of the funding is that the project be deed restricted to provide housing for low- and very low-income students.

As a “school building” defined in CA Education Code 81130.5 the project is subject to approval and inspection by the Division of the State Architect (DSA) and exempt from local jurisdiction zoning and building permitting.

Issue and Discussion:

Construction of each new housing units requires an allocation of a residential unit of use (RUU) or a Bonus Unit for qualifying affordable housing units. The LTCC campus and proposed location of the student housing project is within the boundaries of the Bijou/Al Tahoe Community Plan Town Center District. The Bijou/Al Tahoe Community Plan was adopted by the City and Tahoe Regional Planning Agency (TRPA) in 1995 and includes a 20-unit cap on the number of bonus units that could be utilized in the Community Plan area. The City has committed to developing the Mid-Town Area Plan, which would replace the Bijou/Al Tahoe Community Plan as the comprehensive land use and zoning plan for the area. Included in that 619
Council Agenda Report- March 14, 2023 Page 2 of 2
effort, the City intends to propose removal of the bonus unit allocation cap. Upon completion, the Mid-Town Area Plan will require approval by the City Council and TRPA Governing Board.

As a deed restricted affordable housing project, the LTCC student housing project would require an assignment of 41 residential bonus units from TRPA. At their March 2023 meeting, it is anticipated that the TRPA Governing Board will consider approval of the project along with an allocation of 20 bonus units. TRPA staff is also proposing a reservation of an additional 21 bonus units for the project for four years and be available to the project if the current cap is removed.

As an interim solution to acquiring the needed development rights, LTCC has requested that the City provide support to the project in the form of 21 residential units of use (RUUs) to allow the project to begin construction in 2023. If approved, the proposed agreement would authorize the City to transfer 21 RUUs to the student housing project and require them to be transferred back to the City upon adoption of the Mid-Town Area Plan and removal of the bonus unit allocation cap. At that time, TRPA will be able to allocate the additional 21 bonus units to the project and LTCC would transfer the RUUs back to the City.

If approved, the City would convert 14 Tourist Accommodation Units (TAUs) at the TRPA adopted ratio of 1:1.5 to create 21 RUUs that would be utilized to fulfill this agreement. The City currently has 136 TAUs banked from past projects and exchanges.

Financial Implications: Based on the most recent appraisal, the current market value of the 21 RUUs is $315,000 ($15,000 each). City Council Resolution 2022-051 authorizes the distribution of development rights at one third the appraised market value, which is $5,000 for each RUU. The proposed agreement obligates LTCC to transfer the RUUs back to the City or pay the City the appraised value of the RUUs at the time of payment. The term of the agreement is for four years but can be extended upon mutual agreement by both parties.

Environmental Considerations: The Project is identified in the LTCC Facilities Master Plan, for which LTCC prepared an Initial Study/Mitigated Negative Declaration under the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) (State Clearinghouse #2021040192) which was adopted by the LTCC District Board of Trustees on May 25, 2021.

Policy Implications: The proposed action is consistent with the following City General Plan Housing Element Program:

Program 2-6 STUDENT HOUSING. The City shall provide assistance to the Lake Tahoe Community College to examine the need for, and feasibility of, developing student housing.

The City shall help identify opportunities for reuse of existing off campus properties as permanent student housing. The City and college shall explore alternative management solutions to minimize the role of the College in maintaining student housing. 620
10380834.2 LA215-500

CITY OF SOUTH LAKE TAHOE

AGREEMENT TO TRANSFER DEVELOPMENT RIGHTS
This Agreement to Transfer Development Rights (“Agreement”) is made and entered into as of the 14th day of March, 2023 by and between the City of South Lake Tahoe, a municipal corporation (“City”) and Lake Tahoe Community College District, a California community college district (“LTCC”).

RECITALS
A. LTCC owns the real property located at 1 College Drive, South Lake Tahoe, California (Assessor Parcel No. 025-041-023) (“Property”).

B. LTCC proposes to develop a 33-unit, 100-bed facility deed-restricted for low-income and very-low income students enrolled full-time at LTCC, with one resident director office/apartment (“Project”). A site plan of the Project is attached hereto as Exhibit A.

C. On June 30, 2022, the Governor signed AB 132, revising the Higher Education Student Grant Program to grant $39,369,000 to LTCC for construction of on-campus student housing, which LTCC intends to use to fund the Project.

D. LTCC is working diligently to secure all necessary entitlements for the Project including obtaining Tahoe Regional Planning Agency (“TRPA”) development rights. 41 TRPA residential units of use (“RUUs”) are needed for the Project. TRPA, the City, and LTCC have agreed that LTCC may borrow 21 RUUs from the City for the Project, which would be transferred back to the City upon adoption of the proposed Mid Town Area Plan (Area Plan), which is anticipated to raise or remove the cap on the number of residential bonus units available for qualifying affordable housing projects.

E. On January 23, 2023, LTCC sent a letter to the City requesting a loan from the City of 21 TRPA multi-family RUUs to assist in development of the Project, which is attached hereto as Exhibit B.

F. The Project is consistent with the City’s goals to support the development of deed-restricted affordable housing. Specifically, the City General Plan Housing Element Policy 2-5 directs the City to provide assistance to LTCC to develop student and faculty housing.
621
10380834.2 LA215-500
G. The Project is a school building that is exempt from the City’s zoning and building regulation under the Field Act, California Education Code section 81130 et seq.

H. The Project is identified in the LTCC Facilities Master Plan, for which LTCC prepared an Initial Study/Mitigated Negative Declaration under the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) (State Clearinghouse #2021040192) which was adopted by the LTCC District Board of Trustees on May 25, 2021.

AGREEMENT

1. City Obligations.

A. After TRPA approves the Project, and prior to LTCC’s commencement of construction, City agrees to loan 21 multi-family RUUs to LTCC for the Project at no cost by cooperating with LTCC to submit an application to transfer 21 multi-family RUUs to LTCC for the Project.

B. City agrees to prepare the Area Plan application at its own cost which includes a provision to raise or eliminate the cap on residential bonus units for affordable housing projects to include the Project, and make a good faith effort to shepherd it through the City and TRPA review process to completion.

2. LTCC Obligations.

A. Besides the Area Plan application that the City is preparing at its own cost, LTCC will obtain all necessary approvals required by any government agency having jurisdiction over the Project, at its own cost.

B. Within 3 months after TRPA adoption of the Area Plan, LTCC will submit an application to TRPA for assignment of 21 bonus units to the Project.

C. Within 30 days of either occurrence, LTCC will submit an application to TRPA to transfer back 21 multi-family RUUs to the City: (1) TRPA assignment of 21 bonus units to the Project following Area Plan adoption; or (2) LTCC fails to obtain all necessary approvals within the Term of this Agreement or for any other reason determines not to commence construction within the Term of this Agreement.

D. If TRPA does not adopt the Area Plan, if the Area Plan adopted by TRPA does not raise or remove the cap on the number of residential bonus units available for the Project, or if LTCC is unable to transfer back to the City 21 multi-family RUUs for any other reason, then LTCC 622
10380834.2 LA215-500
will pay the City the cost of the RUUs based on the City Council commodity distribution policy at the time of payment.

3. Term. This Agreement shall expire 4 years from the date it is executed by both parties (Term), which Term may be extended by mutual agreement of both parties in writing.

4. Compliance with Laws. LTCC shall comply with all applicable federal, state, regional and local laws, codes, ordinances and regulations in carrying out its duties under this Agreement. LTCC shall observe and comply with all applicable laws, ordinances, regulations and codes of federal, state and local governments in performing any of the work authorized by this Agreement. The City, its officials, officers, elected officials, appointed officials and employees shall not be liable at law or in equity as a result of any failure of LTCC to comply with this section.

5. Mutual Indemnification. Each Party (“Indemnifying Party”) hereby agrees to and shall defend, indemnify, and hold free and harmless the other Party, its elected and appointed boards, officers, agents, employees, contractors, and volunteers (“Indemnified Parties”) from and against any liability for any and all claims, demands, actions, costs, expenses, losses, damages, and liabilities, including for bodily injuries, emotional distress, property damage or wrongful death, or any other claim (“Claims”) to the extent such Claim arises out of or related to the negligence, acts, or omissions of Indemnifying Party or the Indemnifying Party’s elected or appointed boards, officers, agents, employees, contractors, or volunteers, except to the extent any Claims arises out of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of any of the Indemnified Parties. This provision will survive the expiration or termination of this Agreement.

6. Notices. Any notice required to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and either served personally or sent prepaid, first class mail. Any such notice shall be addressed to the other party at the address set forth below.

Notice shall be deemed communicated within 48 hours from the time of mailing if mailed as provided in this section.

If to City: City Manager
City of South Lake Tahoe
1901 Lisa Maloff Way
South Lake Tahoe, CA 96150
Provide a copy to: City Attorney’s Office
City of South Lake Tahoe
623
10380834.2 LA215-500
1901 Lisa Maloff Way, Suite 300
South Lake Tahoe, CA 96150
If to LTCC: Superintendent/President
Lake Tahoe Community College District
One College Drive
South Lake Tahoe, CA 96150

7. Assignment and Subcontracting. Assignments of any or all rights, duties or obligations of the LTCC under this Agreement will be permitted only with the express consent of City in its sole discretion, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.

8. Waiver. Waiver of a breach or default under this Agreement shall not constitute a continuing waiver of a subsequent breach of the same or any other provision under this Agreement.

9. Dispute Resolution. Any dispute concerning this Agreement will be first submitted to the City Manager or his designee for resolution. If no resolution is reached, such dispute shall be submitted to the City Council. The decision of the City Council shall be final and shall be appealable only to the El Dorado Superior Court pursuant to California Code of Civil Procedure §1094.5, and as provided by law.

10. Controlling Law Venue. This Agreement and all matters relating to it shall be governed by the laws of the State of California and any action brought relating to this Agreement shall be held exclusively in the Superior Courts in the County of El Dorado, South Lake Tahoe Division.

11. Prohibited Interests. LTCC maintains and warrants that it has not employed nor retained any consultant or person, other than the independent contractors hired in accordance with LTCC’s standard business practice, to solicit or secure this Agreement. Further, LTCC warrants that it has not paid nor has it agreed to pay any consultant or person, other than a bona fide employee working solely for LTCC or an independent contractor hired as discussed above, any fee, commission, percentage, brokerage fee, gift or other consideration contingent upon or resulting from the award or making of this Agreement. For breach or violation of this warranty, City shall have the right to rescind this Agreement without liability. For the term of this Agreement, no member, officer or employee of City, during the term of his or her service with City, shall have any direct interest in this Agreement, or obtain any present or anticipated material benefit arising therefrom.
624
10380834.2 LA215-500

12. Equal Opportunity Employment. LTCC represents that it is an equal opportunity employer and it shall not discriminate against any subcontractor, employee or applicant for employment because of race, religion, color, national origin, disability, ancestry, sex or age. Such non-discrimination shall include, but not be limited to, all activities related to initial employment, upgrading, demotion, transfer, recruitment or recruitment advertising, layoff or termination.

13. Americans with Disabilities Act. By signing this Agreement, LTCC assures the City that it complies with the American with Disabilities Act (ADA) of 1990, (42 U.S.C. 12101, et. seq.), which prohibits discrimination on the basis of disability, as well as all applicable regulations and guidelines issued pursuant to ADA.

14. Amendments. This Agreement may be modified or amended only by a written document executed by both LTCC and City and approved as to form by the City Attorney.

15. Severability. If any term or portion of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal, or otherwise unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect.

16. Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the complete and exclusive statement of Agreement between City and LTCC. All prior written and oral communications, including correspondence, drafts, memoranda, and representations, are superseded in total by this Agreement.

17. Execution. This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall constitute one and the same instrument and shall become binding upon the parties when at least one copy hereof shall have been signed by both parties hereto. In approving this Agreement, it shall not be necessary to produce or account for more than one such counterpart.

18. Time is of the Essence. Time is of the essence for this Agreement.

19. Authority to Enter Agreement. LTCC has all requisite power and authority to conduct its business and to execute, deliver, and perform the Agreement.

Each party warrants that the individuals who have signed this Agreement have the legal power, right, and authority to make this Agreement and to bind each respective party.
625
10380834.2 LA215-500
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed on the date first written above.

CITY OF SOUTH LAKE TAHOE: LAKE TAHOE COMMUNITY COLLEGE
DISTRICT:

By___________________________ By ________________________________ Cristi Creegan, Mayor Russi Egan,
Vice President of Administrative Services
Date __________________________ Date _____________________________ Business License # ___________________
APPROVED AS TO FORM:

By____________________________ Date ________________________________ Heather Stroud, City Attorney
ATTEST:

By______________________________ Date ________________________________ Susan Blankenship, City Clerk
Attachments:

Exhibit A – Site Plan
Exhibit B – Letter from LTCC to City (Jan. 23, 2023)
626
10380834.2 LA215-500

EXHIBIT A
Site Plan
627

NOPARKING

1. PATH OF TRAVEL (P.O.T.) AS INDICATED IS A BARRIER FREE

ACCESS WITHOUT ANY ABRUPT VERTICAL CHANGES EXCEEDING
1/2" BEVELED AT 1:2 MAXIMUM SLOPE, EXCEPT THAT LEVEL
CHANGES DO NOT EXCEED 1/4" VERTICAL AND IS AT LEAST 48" WIDE. SURFACE IS SLIP RESISTANT, STABLE, FIRM, AND SMOOTH.

CROSS-SLOPE DOES NOT EXCEED 2% AND SLOPE IN THE
DIRECTION OF TRAVEL IS LESS THAN 5% UNLESS OTHERWISE
INDICATED. (P.O.T.) SHALL MAINTAIN FREE OF OVERHANGING
OBSTRUCTIONS TO 80" MINIMUM (1133B.8.2) AND PROTRUDING
OBJECTS GREATER THAN 4" PROJECTION FROM THE WALL AND
ABOVE 27" AND LESS THAN 80" (1133B.8.6.). CONTRACTOR TO

VERIFY THAT ALL BARRIERS IN THE PATH OF TRAVEL HAVE BEEN

REMOVED OR WILL BE REMOVED UNDER THIS PROJECT, AND PATH OF TRAVEL COMPLIES WITH CBC 1133B.

2. PROVIDE SITE DIRECTIONAL ACCESSIBLE ROUTE SIGNAGE
(SDS-1) AT ALL MAJOR JUNCTIONS PER CBC SEC. 1127B.3.

PROP. PATH OF TRAVEL PER ACCESSIBILITY NOTE 1
REFER TO G1.2-1 INC. 01 SITE CODE ANALYSIS

PARKING CALCULATIONS

ACCESSIBILITY NOTES
LEGEND

5.106.4.2.1 STUDENT BICYCLE PARKING
PROVIDED IN PER L3.01-1

5.106.4.2.2 STAFF BICYCLE PARKING

PROVIDE PERMANENT, SECURE BICYCLE PARKING CONVENIENTLY

ACCESSED WITH A MINIMUM OF TWO STAFF BICYCLE PARKING
SPACES PER NEW BUILDING. ACCEPTABLE BICYCLE PARKING

FACILITIES SHALL BE CONVENIENT FROM THE STREET OR STAFF PARKING AREA AND SHALL MEET ONE OF THE FOLLOWING:

1. COVERED, LOCKABLE ENCLOSURES WITH PERMANENTLY
ANCHORED RACKS FOR BICYCLES;

2. LOCKABLE BICYCLE ROOMS WITH PERMANENTLY ANCHORED
RACKS; OR

3. LOCKABLE, PERMANENTLY ANCHORED BICYCLE LOCKERS.

BICYCLE PARKING
ACCESSIBLE PATH OF TRAVEL 4'-0" WIDE MIN. CONCRETE OR A.C.

PAVED. PATH OF TRAVEL SHALL COMPLY WITH FLOOR AND GROUND SURFACES PER 11B-302, CHANGES IN LEVEL PER 11B-303 AND
ACCESSIBLE ROUTES PER 11B-4022. SEE CIVIL DRAWINGS FOR
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON MATERIAL SLOPES AN ELEVATIONS.

ACCESSIBLE PATH OF TRAVEL DEFINED
SEE INC-01 G1.2-1 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

SHEET NOTE
STAFF BIKE PARKING SEE 32-33-13
(E) CULINARY ARTS
DSA # 102701

ALTS TO CULINARY

BUILDING
DSA #107906
(E) LEARNING

RESOURCE CENTER
DSA # 02-105855
(E) BLDG E

ADMIN BUILDING
DSA # 47140 & #60072
ALTS TO ADMIN.

BUILDING
DSA # 02-10271
(E) GYM
DSA # 102701

ALTS TO GYM
DSA # 114504

ALTS TO GYM
DSA #115333

ALTS TO PARKING LOT
DSA # 114824

BLEACHERS AND

SOCCER FIELD
DSA # 114719

MECH / TRASH

ENCLOSURE
(E) TROUT CREEK
(E) MOBILITY HUB
DSA # 116967

ENCLOSED

CONNECTION

FROM BLDG E
TO LRC
DSA #105855
BLDG e

PUBLIC TRANSPORTATION

CONNECTION

STUDENT HOUSING

BUILDING
T E
RC H I

T C I A
L I FO
NR
D

C E N S E L I OF S TATE
C A A
NO. C26985
REN. 6-30-23 C. V ICENCIO PHE

IS T O CHR
R
Checked By
Drawn By
Project No.

DRAWING NO.
c Date
Drawing Title
Project
SEAL

JK ARCHITECTURE

E N G I N E E R I N G
AUBURN | TAHOE CITY | RENO | SAN JOSE
WWW.JKAEDESIGN.COM
DSA SUBMISSION - INC. 2
1/30/2023 5:20:41 PM Autodesk Docs://22-100 Lake Tahoe CCD Student Housing/22-100_LTCC Student Housing.rvt G1.2-2
Author
Checker
22-100
02/01/2023

SITE CODE ANALYSIS - DSA
INC. 2

LAKE TAHOE COMMUNITY COLLEGELTCC STUDENT HOUSING
N
1" = 40'-0"
1 SITE CODE ANALYSIS
1 1
NO. DATE ISSUE
NOTE: FOR COMPREHENSIVESITE

CODE ANALYSIS NOTES, REFER TO
INC. 1 DRAWINGS.
628
10380834.2 LA215-500

EXHIBIT B
Letter from LTCC to City Dated Jan. 23, 2023
629
LAKE TAHOE COMMUNITY COLLEGE DISTRICT • One College Drive • South Lake Tahoe, California 96150-4524 (530) 541-4660 • For the Deaf: TTY (530) 542-1870 • FAX: (530) 541-7852 January 23, 2023
Joe Irvin, City Manager
City of South Lake Tahoe
1901 Lisa Maloff Way
South Lake Tahoe, CA 96150
RE: Request for use of Residential Units for LTCC Student Housing Project Dear City Manager Irvin,
In June of 2022, Lake Tahoe Community College (LTCC) was allocated $39.4 million through the 2022-23 California Budget Act to construct an on-campus student residential living facility. Through partnership with your office and the Tahoe Regional Planning Agency (TRPA), LTCC is working diligently to secure all necessary construction approvals to proceed with this project. These collaborative discussions resulted in the City of South Lake Tahoe (City) and TRPA identifying an approach to obtaining the required development rights to construct the student housing project. Consistent with that identified approach, LTCC is submitting this formal request for the City to provide residential units in support of this project, which will be transferred back to the City once the new Bijou/Al Tahoe Area Plan is adopted, and Bonus Units are assigned by TRPA to replace the residential units of use. We appreciate the City’s partnership on this important project, and we look forward to bringing affordable student housing to the South Lake Tahoe community.

LTCC Student Housing Background
Housing stock and affordability in the Tahoe Basin is a major challenge for the community at large, and for LTCC students specifically. A robust body of research shows that students who are unable to meet their basic human needs for food and housing suffer academic consequences. Recognizing the link between housing security and academic success, LTCC has been working to bring affordable, on-campus student housing for nearly a decade. In 2014, LTCC formally included on campus housing in the Facilities Master Plan. Following voter approval of Measure F, LTCC conducted a feasibility study to gauge student demand for on-campus housing. In 2018, LTCC contracted with The Concourse Group to develop a residential living concept and explore project approaches. LTCC issued a Request for Interest (RFI) to determine the interest of private developers in building a housing complex on campus. Feedback from developers indicated that the cost for the project was too high and rental returns insufficient to support a public-private partnership. In 2019, LTCC entered a 5-year master lease with an off-campus apartment owner to provide 31 beds for LTCC students. While this was an important first step, the off-campus facility falls short of meeting student demand for on-campus affordable housing.

California Budget Allocation and LTCC Project
In June of 2021, Governor Newsom signed the 2021-22 California Budget Act, allocating $2 billion to the California Community Colleges, California State University, and University of California to build affordable 630
LAKE TAHOE COMMUNITY COLLEGE DISTRICT • One College Drive • South Lake Tahoe, California 96150-4524 (530) 541-4660 • For the Deaf: TTY (530) 542-1870 • FAX: (530) 541-7852 student housing over three years. Of that allocation, $500 million was made available to colleges for “shovel ready” projects in fiscal year 2021-22.

LTCC submitted a Student Housing Grant Application with the California Department of Finance in October of 2021, requesting just over $39 million to fund a proposed 100-bed facility to serve low-income, full-time college students. A deed restriction will be recorded, permanently restricting the use of the 100 beds for low-income or very-low-income students. The Department of Finance determined the LTCC project eligible for funding, and in June 2022, the California Legislature approved $1.4 billion to fund student housing projects at 26 public colleges and universities, including $39 million to support the LTCC student housing project. In the LTCC application, the college committed to beginning construction in summer of 2023, provided all required approvals could be issued.

LTCC is working with the Division of the State Architect, TRPA, and the City to ensure timely submission and review of construction applications.

LTCC Request for Residential Bonus Units
LTCC has applied to TRPA for approval of the proposed student housing project, and the TRPA Governing Board is scheduled to review the proposed project at the March 22, 2023, meeting. As required by TRPA Code, Section 32.3.3, 41 development rights are necessary for the LTCC student housing project. To achieve the required development rights, TRPA has proposed to award 20 residential bonus units to the project and has proposed that the City support the project by transferring 21 multi-family residential units for the project.

According to this proposal, these 21 residential units would be transferred back to the City once the new Bijou/Al Tahoe Area Plan is adopted. It is anticipated that the new Area Plan will remove or amend the current maximum number of residential bonus units allowed to be assigned to the area as outlined in the existing Bijou/Al Tahoe Community Plan.

On behalf of LTCC and the students we serve, we deeply appreciate your partnership in identifying and developing this option that will enable the LTCC student housing project to move forward, and we look forward to continued partnership to meet the needs of our community.

Sincerely,
Jeff DeFranco
Superintendent/President
631
City of South Lake Tahoe
Agenda Item Executive Summary
Joe Irvin, City Manager
Meeting Date: March 14, 2023
Agenda Item #: 21
Agenda Item: 2022-2023 Master Fee Schedule
Executive Summary: The proposed updates to the 2022-2023 Master Fee Schedule incorporate Consumer Price Index adjustments, reflect continuing efforts to promote full cost recovery for certain fees, incorporate market comparisons, and add new fees adopted by City Council over the past year. The Master Fee Schedule has been thoroughly reviewed by departmental and Finance staff, and seeks to balance the City's cost recovery goals, market conditions, and overall policy considerations. City Council will consider formal adoption of the 2022-2023 Master Fee Schedule at the March 28 regular meeting.

Requested Action / Suggested Motions: No formal action is required. City Council is asked to provide feedback to the City Manager and staff on the 2022-2023 Master Fee Schedule.

Responsible Staff Member: Akemi Nishimura, Accountant I Responsible Staff Member: Akemi Nishimura, Accountant I, (530) 542-6061 Reviewed and Approved By:

Olga Tikhomirova, Director of Finance
Susan Blankenship, City Clerk
Heather Stroud, City Attorney
Attachments:
01-Staff_Report_2023_Master_Fee_Schedule.docx
02-Master Fee Schedule 2023 (Red-Lined).pdf
03-City of SLT Financial Policies - Strengthening Financial Position rev Feb 2013.pdf 04-03 14 2023 Notice of Publication
632
Council Agenda Report- March 14, 2023 Page 1 of 3
City of South Lake Tahoe
Report to City Council
Meeting Date: March 14, 2023
Title: 2022-2023 Master Fee Schedule (Public Hearing)
Location: Finance Department
Responsible Staff Member: Akemi Nishimura, Accountant I, (530) 542-6061; Olga Tikhomirova, Director of Finance, (530) 542-7431
Background:

User fees in California are required to conform to the California Constitution (including Proposition 26) and statutory requirements including Government Code Sections 66014 through 66018.5.

User fees imposed to provide specific services, to cover reasonable regulatory costs to issue licenses and permits, or for entrance to or use of city property are generally excluded from the definition of “tax” under Proposition 26. Section 1(e) of article XIIIC of the California Constitution describes these exceptions. One of these exceptions is regarding fees for the use of City property such as the campground. These fees are not limited to cost-recovery and the city can charge whatever the market will bear.

Issue and Discussion:

After a comprehensive user fee study in fiscal year 2014-2015 city staff continues to evaluate the fees and charges annually for appropriateness of the fee structure and the cost of the service provided. The comprehensive Financial Policies previously adopted by Council regarding user fees states:

The City provides certain services to its residents and businesses that are funded in whole or in part by fees that are intended to cover all or a portion of the cost of providing such services. To the extent User Fees do not cover the entire cost of providing such services, the General Fund subsidizes the additional expense. Careful examination of User Fees shall enhance the stability of the General Fund.
…fees shall be adjusted by no less than the amount of the annual change in the Consumer Price Index.

Staff’s last CPI update was adopted by the City Council on March 15, 2022. It is fiscally prudent at this time to consider an adjustment of the fees by the CPI change that has occurred since the previously adopted period.

Consistent with the City Council motion passed at the February 19th, 2019 meeting, staff is using the San Francisco-Oakland-Hayward Urban All Items index (formerly the San Francisco-OaklandSan Jose Urban All Items index). This index has been historically utilized to apply an increase to those fees that are not restricted by either local market forces or otherwise dictated by state or local laws and ordinances. The current rate of increase is 4.88%. Excluded from the change are 633
Council Agenda Report- March 14, 2023 Page 2 of 3
fees that are bound by agreement or are limited by State or City Code. Further consideration for fee changes is as follows:
 Revenue derived from User Fees shall not exceed the cost of providing the overall service
 The method of collecting and assessing fees shall be as simple as possible  Fee levels shall be sensitive to the market for similar services  The cost recovery shall consider the community-wide benefit versus special benefit  The cost recovery shall consider the financial benefit to the service user  Consideration has been made for Proposition 26 requirements The Master Fee Schedule attached shows the existing fees as well as the proposed fees to be in effect upon adoption by the City Council, or as soon thereafter as practical. Also noted is the dollar amount of the change, which in most cases is minimal.

AREAS OF EXCEPTION TO THE PROPOSED 4.88% INCREASE AND OTHER CHANGES:

Recreation Services: Per recommendations noted in the 2015 City Wide Fee Study, Recreation Program fees are market based. As such staff decided to reject CPI increase on some programs and accept it in other programs where fees were below market rate. Where CPI increase was rejected, the program fees were compared to similar providers in the area such as Kahle Community Center, Carson Valley Swim Center, and Incline Village Parks and Recreation.

Staff accepted CPI increases for Facility and Building Rentals based on the market rates and the high demand combined. Staff also proposed to clarify an existing cancelation fee on facility use permits of $50 as there is a wide range of rental uses, some of which reserve facilities six months or more in advance. For larger events staff proposed the flexibility to increase the cancelation fee accordingly. In addition, Bijou Community Park Parking Lot Rental fee was added to account for an increasing number of park events that include requests to close the park to vehicle traffic.

In keeping with the strategic priority of Recreation and Equitable Access, staff proposed Free Swim for Children 3 Years and Under with a Paying Adult, which is more in line with the local market.

Campground fees with hook-ups, as well as tent cabin fees, were removed as they are no longer available due to renovation as part of the 56-Acre Master Plan. As a replacement, Standard Cabin fees were added for wooden permanent structures located outside the construction zone. Existing campground fees were unchanged due to the ongoing renovation impacts and limited access.

Development Services: Staff proposed new fees under Building Permit & Inspection to clarify the fee types and rates and removed obsolete ones. Residential Suppression and Fire Safety fees were added for consistency with Fire Department.

New Special Event Permit fees were proposed in anticipation of Council adoption of new Special Event Guidelines, including a permit review fee of zero dollars for special events produced by a non-profit and free to the public per Council direction at the February 14th, 2023 meeting.

Additionally, new fees were proposed for Qualified VHRs which are only allowed to operate 30 days in a permit cycle.

Per Resolution 2022-104, a review policy and fees were established in August 2022 for publicly visible art on private property. Resolution 2022-128 adopted in October 2022 established a cost recovery fee for General Plan, Community Plan, Area Plan and Plan Area Statement amendment 634
Council Agenda Report- March 14, 2023 Page 3 of 3
applications, which replaced the obsolete fees. These fees were not amended by CPI increase in the current schedule.

Public Works: Staff accepted all CPI increases for the current year except Transportation Permit, whereas the fees were significantly above market rate. These fees were compared to similar providers in the area such as Caltrans and El Dorado County.

Fire Department: Staff accepted all CPI increases for the current year. New Defensible Space Inspections fees were proposed to replace an obsolete one for AB38 (Real Estate Sale).

Police Department: Staff accepted all CPI increases for the current year except the Initial Alarm Permit Application fees, which was rolled back to the rate actually charged last year, and then increased by CPI. Furthermore, Parking Garage fees for Holidays and after-business hours were added for clarification per South Tahoe Joint Powers Parking Financing Authority Resolution 2018-01.

Airport: Per Resolution 2022-132, cost recovery fees were revised for Offices, Fuel Flowage Fee, Parking, and Hangars for one-year effective January 1st, 2023. Office spaces and parking fees were increased to meet fair market rates. Based on the Rates and Fees Study, Hangar and Storage Unit Rental fees were also updated and no longer differentiate between aeronautical and non-aeronautical use.

Per Resolution 2022-147, a new Aircraft Landing Fee Rate Structure was established effective January 1st, 2023 which replaced the obsolete fee table in the Master Fee Schedule. Staff accepted all CPI increases for existing fees except Movement Area Filming fee, which is a flat rate. Refundable and non-refundable security deposits were rolled back to appropriate rates as they are not subject to CPI increase. Airport Hangar Waitlist Fee was added to be more in line with similar providers and to filter out less committed applications.

City Clerk: Staff accepted all CPI increases for the current year except the Notary Service fee, which is determined by California Government Code Section 8211.

Finance: The passage of Measure B on June 5, 2012 precludes any CPI changes to the tax rate per $1,000 of gross receipts and sets the maximum annual tax of $20,000; therefore, no changes to the Business and Professions Tax Rates were proposed. Staff accepted CPI increases for Administrative and Business License Fees including Technology Fee, which was increased from $11 to $12.

Financial Implications:

Fees that are less than full cost recovery will be required to be subsidized by other General Fund revenues.

Environmental Considerations: This is not a “project” subject to review under the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) Guidelines section 15378(b)(5) (organizational or administrative activities that will not result in direct or indirect physical changes in the environment).

Policy Implications:

Implementation of the recommended fees for Fiscal Year 2022-2023 is consistent with the City’s adopted Financial Policies of cost recovery for City provided services where applicable. 635
Adopted Fee Proposed Fee
03/15/2022 4.88%

FACILITY RENTALS
Building Rental:

Gymnasium hourly $64 $3 $67
Meeting Rooms, Recreation Complex hourly $35 $2 $37
Kitchen, Recreation Complex hourly $30 $1 $31
Senior Center Large Multi-Purpose Room hourly $58 $3 $61 Senior Center, Conference Room hourly $42 $2 $44
Senior Center, Arts & Crafts Room hourly $42 $2 $44
Public Shower Adult/discount for senior, disabled, youth each $3/$2 $0 $3/$2 Non-Profit Organizations 25% Off Base Rate 25% n/a 25%
Recognized Local Youth Sport Organizations May Have Free Use of Meeting Rooms in the Recreation Complex No Charge $0 n/a $0
Group Rentals May Be Subject to $500 minimum or $1,500 maximum Security Deposit and/or Cleaning Fees at the Discretion of the City of South Lake Tahoe $500 (Security Deposit) $500 Minimum or $1,500 Maximum n/a $500 Minimum or $1,500 Maximum
Group Rentals May Be Subject to a Minimum of $15 Cancellation Fee and Maximum of $50 at the Discretion of City of South Lake Tahoe $15 (Cancellation Fee) $15 Minimum or $50 Maximum n/a $15 Minimum or $50 Maximum
Pool Rental (Per Hour):

Swimming Pool Hourly Rental Rate hourly $76 $4 $80
Lifeguard Hourly Rate (Rental) hourly actual cost at fully burdened rate + overhead n/a
actual cost at fully
burdened rate +
overhead
Group Rentals May Be Subject to a Minimum of $15 Cancellation Fee and Maximum of $50 at the Discretion of City of South Lake Tahoe $15 (Cancellation Fee) $15 Minimum or $50 Maximum n/a $15 Minimum or$50 Maximum Outdoor Park Facility Rentals:

Alcohol Use Permit, City Sanctioned Public/Private Outdoor Facilities each $59 $3 $62 Bijou Park, Kiwanis Picnic Shelter (4 Hours) hourly $157 $8 $165 Bijou Park, Rotary Picnic Shelter (4 Hours) hourly $157 $8 $165 Recreation Complex Group Picnic Areas (4 Hours) hourly $157 $8 $165 Gazebos and Picnic Areas beyond 4 hour minimum rental hourly $42 $2 $44 Mon-Thur $/hr $201 $10 $211
Fri & Sun $/hr $260 $13 $273
Sat $/hr $317 $15 $332
Public Special Event Park Rentals:

Lakeview Commons Special Event Rental, Attendance up to 500 persons day $991 $48 $1,039 Lakeview Commons Special Event Rental, Attendance 501-2,000 persons day $1,238 $60 $1,298 Bijou Bike Park or Skate Park Rental day $231 $11 $242
Disc Golf Course Rental for Tournaments & Special Events (Bijou Park) day $242 $12 $254 Bijou Park Concession (absent lease agreement) day $272 $13 $285 Bijou Park Sport Court (Per Day) daily $242 $12 $254
Late Payment Penalty Fee 10% of total rental fee due
Bijou Community Park Parking Lot Rental daily $0 $100 $100 Community Playfield Parking Lot Rental daily $100 $0 $100 Special Event Vendor Fee Not to Exceed $125 per event Not to Exceed $125 per event n/a Not to Exceed $125 per
event
Non-Profit Organizations 25% Off Base Rate 25% n/a 25%
Late Payment Penalty Fee 10% of total rental fee due
Group Rentals May Be Subject to $500 Security Deposit and/or Cleaning Fees at the Discretion of the City of South Lake Tahoe $500 (Security Deposit) $500 $0 $500 Group Rentals May Be Subject to a Minimum of $15 Cancellation Fee and Maximum of $50 at the Discretion of City of South Lake Tahoe $15 (Cancellation Fee) $15 Minimum or $50 Maximum n/a $15 Minimum or$50 Maximum Facility Day Use (Includes Pool, Weight Room, Gym, Ping Pong, Foosball, Traversing Wall):

Adult: 18-54 Year each $6 $0 $6
Youth: 18 Years and Under each $4 $0 $4
Senior 55 Years and Up or Permanent Disability each $5 $0 $5 Daily Day Rate for Medi-Cal, WIC , and Veteran Participants:

Adult: 18 and Over each $3 $0 $3
Youth: 18 Years and Under each $2 $0 $2
Multi-Use Passes:

Adult – 20 Use each $80 $0 $80
Adult – 90 Day each $160 $0 $160
Senior or Permanent Disability – 20 Use each $50 $0 $50 Senior or Permanent Disability – 90 Day each $120 $0 $120 Youth – 20 Use each $45 $0 $45
Youth – 90 Day each $95 $0 $95
Individual Annual Pass each $225 $0 $225
Family Annual Pass (up to 4 people) each $825 $0 $825
South Tahoe Recreation Passport each $22 $0 $22
Administrative Fee for replacement of annual passes only each $10 $0 $10 Non-Profit Organizations 25% Off Base Rate 25% n/a 25%
$ Change
Recreation Complex
Fee Description Unit
Private Rental: Regan Beach West and Lakeview Commons (Per Hour; 2-Hour Minimum)

Page 1 of 13 ends

636
Adopted Fee Proposed Fee
03/15/2022 4.88%
Swimming Programs:

H2O Exercise: Adult 18‐54 years each $7 $0 $7
H2O Exercise: Senior or Permanent Disability each $6 $0 $6 H2O Exercise: Adult 18‐54 years ‐ 10 Use Pass each $50 $0 $50 H2O Exercise: Senior or Perm Disability – 10 Use Pass each $40 $0 $40 H2O Exercise: Individual Annual Pass each $295 $0 $295
Swimming Lessons (Group) 8 Class Session each $47 $0 $47 Swimming Lessons (Group) 6 Class Session each $37 $0 $37 Private Lessons (25 minutes) 1 Student each $31 $0 $31
Private Lessons (25 minutes) 2 Students each $42 $0 $42 Private Lessons (25 minutes) 3 Students each $52 $0 $52 Children 3 years and Under Are Free with a Paying Adult for Recreation Swim Only each $0 n/a $0 Master Swim Drop In each $10 $0 $10
Master Swim Session (6 weeks) each $60 $0 $60
Non‐Profit Organizations 25% Off Base Rate 25% n/a 25%
Youth and Teens:

Star Camp Care (pre‐ and post‐camp child care, per hour) each $8 $0 $8 Youth Adventure Camps each Fee based on production costs n/a Fee based on production costs
Kid’s Summer Day Camp each $35 $0 $35
Kid’s Summer Day Camp (Weekly Fee) each $150 $0 $150
Kid’s Summer Day Camp  Multi‐Child Discount 10% off base fee 10% n/a 10% Adopted Fee Proposed Fee
03/15/2022 4.88%
9 Hole each $18 $0 $18
Senior each $16 $0 $16
9 Hole Youth (14 and under, fee valid after 12 pm daily) each $11 $0 $11 9 Hole Family (1 adult & 1 youth (14 and under), after 12pm daily) each $22 $0 $22 Add 9 Holes each $11 $0 $11
Twilight each $15 $0 $15
Cart Rental each $5 $0 $5
Club Rental each $15 $0 $15
Walker/Spectator each $5 $0 $5
Passes:
20 Use each $240 $0 $240
10 Use each $135 $0 $135
10 Use Twilight (after 3 pm) each $110 $0 $110
10 Use Senior each $120 $0 $120
10 Use Family (1 Adult & 1 Youth (14 and under) after 12 pm daily) each $160 $0 $160 10 Use Youth (14 and under, valid after 12 pm daily) each $85 $0 $85 Individual Season Pass (no restrictions) each $450 $0 $450 Administrative Fee for replacement of annual passes only each $10 $0 $10 Adopted Fee Proposed Fee
03/15/2022 4.88%
Spring/Fall ‐  No hook up, up to 6 people and 1 car (includes $10 infrastructure fee) per day $41 n/a $41
Spring/Fall ‐  Hook up, up to 6 people and 1 car (includes $10 infrastructure fee) per day $50 n/a $50 Summer ‐  No hook up, up to 6 people and 1 car (includes $10 infrastructure fee) per day $45 n/a $45 Summer ‐  Hook up, up to 6 people and 1 car (includes $10 infrastructure fee) per day $56 n/a $56 Spring/Fall Tent Cabins 1‐5 (includes $10 infrastructure fee) per day $62 n/a $62 Summer Tent Cabins 1‐5 Cabin (includes $10 infrastructure fee) per day $62 n/a $62 Spring/Fall Deluxe Cabin and Tent Cabin 6 (includes $10 infrastructure fee) per day $90 n/a $90 Summer Deluxe Cabin and Tent Cabin 6 (includes $10 infrastructure fee) per day $90 n/a $90 Spring/Fall Standard Cabin (includes $10 infrastructure fee) per day $0 $90 $90 Summer Standard Cabin (includes $10 infrastructure fee) per day $0 $90 $90 Reservation Fee (non‐refundable) each $10 n/a $10
Cancellation Fee (within 48 hours from arrival date) One night rental fee Varies n/a Varies Cancellation Fee each $10 $0 $10
Cancellation Fee (Inside 30 days from arrival date) One night rental fee $0 $50 $50 Cancellation Fee (Outside 30 days of arrival date) each $0 $10 $10 Dump Fee (charged to campers not staying in our campground) each $10 $5 $15 Extra person each $6 n/a $6
Visitor Day Use each $5 n/a $5
Pets each $2 n/a $2
Extra Vehicle (no holding tanks) each $6 n/a $6
Motorcycles and Electric Scooters each $3 n/a $3
Late Checkout Fees per site $10 n/a $10
$ Change
$ Change
$ Change
Golf Course
Fee Description Unit
Campground
Fee Description Unit
Fee Description Unit
Recreation Complex (cont.)

Page 2 of 13 ends

637
Adopted Fee Proposed Fee
03/15/2022 4.88%
Day Use per day $17 n/a $17
Annual Pass each $138 n/a $138
Adopted Fee Proposed Fee
03/15/2022 4.88%
ICE ARENA:

Learn to Play n/a Free n/a Free
Morning School Skate n/a Free n/a Free
School Skate Week (PE program) n/a Free n/a Free
Military Discount (Served In combat area) n/a Free n/a Free Wounded Warriors (military event) n/a Free n/a Free
Charity Events (i.e. St. Baldrick's), fees subject to review n/a Ice free all day n/a Ice free all day Ice Sheet Rental See schedule for rates by time per hour $468 $23 $491 Party Room Full (hourly ‐ 1 hour minimum) per hour $84 $4 $88 SKATING PROGRAMS:

Public Skate: Adult 18‐54 years ‐ varies per person $21 $1 $22 Public Skate: Youth (between 5‐18 years) ‐ varies per person $21 $1 $22 Public Skate: Child 5 & under ‐ varies per person $8 $0 $8 Public Skate: Senior 55 & up ‐ resident per person $8 $0 $8 Public Skate: Senior 55 & up ‐ varies per person $21 $1 $22 Blue Card (available to frequent users/members) each TBD n/a n/a Skate Rental each $4 $0 $4
Free Style ‐ Drop ‐ In each $16 $1 $17
Hockey ‐ Drop ‐ In per person $16 $1 $17
Hockey League: Adult 18‐54 years, 10 games each $362 $18 $380 Hockey League: Single Game each $31 $2 $33
Hockey League: Youth each $108 $5 $113
SKATING LESSONS:

Skate/Hockey School: per lesson per lesson $15 $1 $16
Private Skate lessons (1 student, 2 student, 3 or more) per lesson varies by instructor n/a Varies by instructor City Sponsored Ice Programs:

Partnerships with City recreation programs fee determined by program type and need
fee determined by program type and
need n/a
Fee determined by
program type and need
Facility Rentals (various use agreements):

Year Round Rentals for Rec Programs/Rec Center typically billed monthly Refer to contract Refer to contract n/a Refer to contract $ Change
$ Change
**The listed Ice Arena Fees represent the maximum allowable charges.

Ice Arena**
Fee Description Unit
*The Division of Boating and Waterways currently limits these fees to $17 for Day Use and $138 for an Annual Pass.

Fee Description Unit
Boat Ramp*

Page 3 of 13 ends

638
Adopted Fee Proposed Fee
03/15/2022 4.88%
Encroachment Permit:

Encroachment Permit (each approach) includes overlays and replacements each $205 $10 $215 Encroachment Permit Existing each $205 $10 $215
Encroachment Permit Remove and Replace each $205 $10 $215 Building Permit & Inspection:

Building Permit Fee % of valuation 2% of valuation of $239 minimum $11 2% of valuation of $250 minimum
Building Permit Fee (25% plan review deposit due with application) Valuation shall be determined at the discretion of the Building Official utilizing the most current square foot valuation based on the proposed use and type of construction as published by the International Code Council or construction contract value submitted by the applicant
% of valuation 2% of valuation - $239 minimum $11 2% of valuation - $250 minimum
Administrative Processing per hour/ 1 hr min. $0 $122 $122 Deferred Submittal or Revision % of valuation $0 n/a 2% of valuation - $250 minimum
Active Building Permit Extension each $174 $8 $182
Building Plan Review Extension each $174 $8 $182
Building Plan Revision Checking per hour / 1 hr min. $116 $6 $122 In House Plan Review Hourly Rate per hour / 1 hr min. $0 $122 $122 Expedited Plan Review per hour / 1 hr min. $231 $11 $242 Stop Work Notice of Violation each $388 $19 $407
Stop Work/Red Tag Permit Fee each 2x the Building Permit Fee n/a n/a Special Building Inspections
per hour / 1 hr. min. regular working
hours
per hour / 3 hr. min. outside of
regular working hours
$161 $8 $169
Reinspection Fee
per work, for which an inspection
was requested, is not ready for
inspection
$161 $8 $169
Document Printing & Copying per page $0.10 $0 $0.10
Permit Technology Fee each permit $11 $1 $12
Illegal Unit Review each $1,004 $49 $1,053
Admin Fee for Cost of Collection on Liens, Nuisance, etc. % of collection costs % of collection costs n/a % of collection costs Temporary Certificate of Occupancy Application each $161 $8 $169 Express/Over The Counter Permit each $0 $250 $250
Residential Suppression Sys–50 hds/Dry Chem sys per inspection $225 $11 $236 Residential Suppression Sys-200 hds per inspection $548 $27 $575 Fire Safety Plan Review – SFD each $113 $6 $119
Flat Rate Temporary Power Meter Approval each $205 $45 $250 Flat Rate SFD Electric Vehicle Charging Stations Interior Locations Only each $205 $45 $250 Flat Rate SFD Gas Line Air Test each $205 $45 $250
Flat Rate SFD Electrical Panel Change Our >200 Amps each $205 $45 $250 Flat Rate SFD Window Change Out Like for Like Up to 5 Existing Openings Windows/Doors combined
each $205 $45 $250
Flat Rate SFD Generators Interior Locations Only each $205 $45 $250 Flat Rate SFD Wall Heater Changeout each $205 $45 $250
Flat Rate SFD Fireplace Changeout each $205 $45 $250
Well Deconstruction (Electrical and Pluming Terminations) each $53 $3 $56 Flat Rate Permit Water Heater each $205 $45 $250
Flat Rate Permit Electrical Meter Release (reconnect Only - no new work) each $205 $45 $250 General Plan/Community Plan/Area Plan Maint. Fee each $1.04 per $1,000 valuation $0.05 $1.09 per $1,000 valuation
Vacation Home Rental Fees:

Vacation Home Rental Permit Inspection Fee each $156 $8 $164 Vacation Home Rental Permit Re-Inspection Fee each $94 $5 $99 Adopted Fee Proposed Fee
03/15/2022 4.88%
Loan Subordination Fee each $1,961 $96 $2,057
Multi-Family Dwelling Inspection Fee each unit $94 $5 $99 Single Room Occupancy Inspection Fee each unit $94 $5 $99 Reinspection Service per hour / 1 hr. min. $161 $8 $169 Substandard Condition Inspection each $596 $29 $625
Adopted Fee Proposed Fee
03/15/2022 4.88%
Allocations:

Deposit – Building Permit per application $1,042 ($42) $1,000 Residential Permit Processing per living unit $711 $35 $746 $ Change
*Specific flat rate fees below are consolidated for consistency with minimum building permit fee $ Change
$ Change
Development Services - Planning
Fee Description Unit
Development Services - Building
Fee Description Unit
Fee Description Unit
Development Services - Housing

Page 4 of 13 ends

639
Adopted Fee Proposed Fee
03/15/2022 4.88%
General Permits:

Major General Planning Application (variance, special use permit, major design review, wireless communications facilities, small wireless communications facilities) application $2,921 $143 $3,064 Minor General Planning Application (minor variance, minor design review, eligible facilities request) application $925 $45 $970
Permit Revision and/or Permit Extension each $544 $27 $571 Categorical Exemption each $74 $4 $78
Negative Declaration Review each $4,006 $195 $4,201
Negative Declaration Preparation each $7,252 $354 $7,606 EIR/EIS each Cost of consultant + 25% n/a Cost of consultant + 25% Other Permits:

Fence Permits each $264 $13 $277
Home Occupation Permit each $133 $6 $139
Minor Sign Review and Approval each $146 $7 $153
Major Sign Review and Approval each $363 $18 $381
Sign Application Revision each $146 $7 $153
Locally Unique Sign Application each $2,921 $143 $3,064 Minor Special Event Permit each n/a $220 $220
Major Special Event Permit each n/a $437 $437
Non‐Profit Producer and Free to the Public Special Events each n/a n/a $0 Major Temporary Activity Permit each $417 $20 $437
Temporary Use Permit each $625 $31 $656
Temporary Arts & Crafts Shows per show $642 $31 $673
Certificate of Compliance (Subdivision Map Act) each $806 $39 $845 Tentative Subdivision Map each $5,309 $259 $5,568
Condominiumization of Existing Residential Dev. each $5,460 $266 $5,726 Vacation Home Rentals:

Vacation Home Rental Application fee each $497 $24 $521 Vacation Home Rental Permit – Annual Fee
4 or less occupants
5 to 8 occupants
9 to 12 occupants
13 or more occupants
$250
$500
$1000
$1,325
$0
$250
$500
$1000
$1,325
Vacation Home Rental Permit Master Report report $63 $3 $66 Qualified Vacation Home Rentals:

Qualified Vacation Home Rental Application fee each $0 $521 $521 Qualified Vacation Home Rental Permit – Annual Fee
4 or less occupants
5 to 8 occupants
9 to 12 occupants
13 or more occupants
$0
$100
$150
$200
$250
$100
$150
$200
$250
Hosted Rental Fees:

Hosted Rental Permit each $261 $13 $274
Hosted Rental Annual Renewal Fee each $261 $13 $274
Cannabis Use Permit:

Cannabis Use Permit each $5,278 $258 $5,536
Cost Recovery Deposit Amounts for Cannabis Use Permit and Development Agreement
a) Retailer / Cultivator / Testing Lab/ Manufacturing/ Distribution each $21,800 $1,064 $22,864 b) Microbusiness each $22,949 $1,120 $24,069
Annual Inspection Fee each $1,906 $93 $1,999
Re‐Inspection Fee each $811 $40 $851
Other Services:

Zoning Letter each $230 $11 $241
Document Copying page $0.10 $0 $0.10
Planning Review of Building Permits per hour/1 hr. min. $116 $6 $122 Admin Fee for Cost of Collection on Liens, Nuisance, etc. % of collection costs 25% n/a 25% Special Event Review/Permit each $2,475 $121 $2,596
Historic Determination each $216 $11 $227
Public Notice Label Preparation each $213 $10 $223
Planning Documents:

General Plan Amendment each $8,855 $432 $9,287
Community Plan Amendment/Area Plan/Plan Area Statement each $8,855 $432 $9,287 Annexation:

Annexation each Fully burdened hourly staff cost n/a Fully burdened hourly staff cost
Mobile Vending:

Location Permit each $544 $27 $571
New Vendor Permit each $164 $8 $172
Renewal Permit each $82 $4 $86
Council Adopted
8/9/2022
Publicly Visible Art On Private Property:

Public Murals each $0
Non‐mural Publicly Visible Art each $250
Council Adopted
10/4/2022
Planning Documents:

General Plan Amendment each Fully burdened hourly staff cost and/or cost of consultant‐$8,855 deposit
Community Plan Amendment/Area Plan/Plan Area Statement each Fully burdened hourly staff cost and/or cost of consultant‐$8,855 deposit
Fee Description Unit
Fee Description Unit
$ Change
Development Services ‐ Planning (cont.)
Fee Description Unit

Page 5 of 13 ends

640
Adopted Fee Proposed Fee
03/15/2022 4.88%
Street/Property Abandonment each $2,974 $145 $3,119
Single-Family Residential Public Works plan review fee each $290 $150 $440 Multi-Family Residential Public Works plan review fee (6 units or less) each $484 $24 $508 Large Multi-Family Residential Public Works plan review fee (7 or more units) each $1,552 $76 $1,628 Commercial Development/Redevelopment Public Works plan review fee (less than 1 acre site) each $484 $24 $508
Commercial Development/Redevelopment Public Works plan review fee (greater than 1 acre site) each $1,552 $76 $1,628
GIS Fee (special requests for information/maps) each $315 $15 $330 Traffic Control Permit each $388 $19 $407
Grading Fee < 3 cubic Yards (no fee) project $0 $0 $0
Grading Fee 3 - 7 Cubic Yards project $514 $25 $539
Grading Fee 8 - 350 Cubic Yards project $869 $42 $911
Grading Fee 350+ Cubic Yards project $2,240 $109 $2,349 Parcel Merger/Lot Line Adjustment/Parcel Maps each $2,718 $133 $2,851 Final Subdivision Map each $6,308 $308 $6,616
Obstruction Permit each $278 $14 $292
Street Trench Permit (Greater Than 250 Cubic Yards) each $1,374 $67 $1,441 Encroachment (Street Cut) Permit/Minor each $695 $34 $729 Encroachment (Street Cut) Permit/Major; base + 1.5% of Construction value >$20,000 each $695 $34 $729
Transportation Yearly Permit each $148 $0 $148
Transportation Single Permit each $105 $0 $105
Road Closure, One Day day $433 $21 $454
Road Closure, 2-30 days days $712 $35 $747
Monitoring Well Permit; price for each well up to 3 wells/locations. Greater than 3 is half price each up to 3 $425 $21 $446
Monitoring Well Destruction, Each Well each $317 $15 $332 Private Trench Crossings in Addition to the Encroachment Fee each $370 $18 $388 Stop Work Fee each $655 $32 $687
Investigation fees (grading work > 3 cubic yards without a City or other TRPA/Water Board Permit) each $596 $29 $625
Storm water Inspection Fee: Commercial each $237 $12 $249 Storm water Inspection Fee: Commercial Reinspection each $119 $6 $125 Storm water Inspection Fee: Industrial each $297 $14 $311 Storm water Inspection Fee: Industrial Reinspection each $119 $6 $125 Easement Request/Review each $1,286 $63 $1,349
Time Extension – Existing Permits each Equal to cost of the existing permit base fee n/a Equal to cost of the
existing permit base fee
Special Agreement Review; actual costs on a time and material basis using staff hourly rates against a deposit based on scope estimation project Actual n/a Actual Reproduction Fee per 23x26 sheet file plans and record
maps $4 $0 $4
Street Name Change; actual costs of City staff, equipment, and materials each Actual n/a Actual Unapproved Work (ROW)/Correction Fee/Inspections of Repairs to City Infrastructure; deposit plus actual time and materials of various city staff each $858 $42 $900 Street and Traffic Sign Installation, Replacement and Traffic Control Striping; actual costs of City staff, equipment, and materials each Actual n/a Actual Special Event Review; includes Base fee then scalable by event size each $3,283 $160 $3,443 Facility Setup/Takedown Fee; actual costs of staff which may include overtime if event is after normal business hours each Actual n/a Actual Traffic Control Device Rental & Setup; minimum plus actual costs of equipment, labor and/or materials each $205 $10 $215
Use of Equipment; base fee plus actual costs of labor each Actual n/a Actual Tentative Subdivision Map each $3,294 $161 $3,455
Condominiumization of Existing Residential Dev. each $1,558 $76 $1,634 Public Works - Engineering
Fee Description Unit $ Change

Page 6 of 13 ends

641
Adopted Fee Proposed Fee
03/15/2022 4.88%
Emergency Medical Service:

Advanced/Basic Life Support, incident response hourly $483 + Medicare Mileage factor $24 $507 + Medicare Mileage factor
Advanced/Basic Life Support – with standby to support air ambulance transport, incident response hourly $937/hr $46 $983/hr
Advanced/Basic Life Support – with engine standby for CPR, incident response hourly $937/hr $46 $983/hr County Fire Services:

Lake Valley Fire District Contract Per agreement
(with CPI) n/a Per agreement (with CPI)
Fallen Leaf Fire District Contract Per agreement
(with CPI) n/a Per agreement (with
CPI)
Wild Land Fire Suppression Fee:

Support Vehicle hourly CA OES rate n/a CA OES rate
Pumping Engine hourly CA OES rate n/a CA OES rate
Ladder Truck hourly CA OES rate n/a CA OES rate
Motor Vehicle Accident:

Level 1 Basic Response X hourly $1,052 $51 $1,103
Level 2 Extrication X hourly $1,594 $78 $1,672
Level 3 Multi Casualty X hourly $2,339 $114 $2,453
Hazardous Materials Clean-Up:

Level 1 Basic Response X hourly $700 $34 $734
Level 2 Full Alarm Response X hourly $2,339 $114 $2,453 Bomb Response/Bomb Squad:

Level 1 Full Alarm Response X hourly $1,052 $51 $1,103
Level 2 Full Alarm Engine Response plus TD Bomb Unit X hourly $2,339 $114 $2,453 Pipeline Breakage/Power Line Incidents:

Level 1 Single Engine X hourly $1,052 $51 $1,103
Level 2 Full Alarm Engine Response X hourly $2,339 $114 $2,453 Fire Hydrant Flow Test hourly $306 $15 $321
Witnessed Acceptance Test hourly $306 $15 $321
Fire Watch Service X Actual costs n/a Actual costs
hourly per engine $2,339 $114 $2,453
hourly per ladder truck $2,339 $114 $2,453
Emergency Assistance to Boats/Water Incidents: Includes boat responses, swift water and ice rescues, etc.

Level 1 Single Engine X incident $1,052 $51 $1,103
Rescue: Includes working with Search & Rescue for victim recovery, Rope Rescue, etc.

Level 1 in City X incident $744 $36 $780
Miscellaneous Fees:

False Alarm Responses 1st/2nd offense X response $156/$261 $0 $156/$261 Open Burning and Recreational Fires inspection $248 $12 $260 Arson Investigation - Includes scene safety, investigation, source ID, Arson dog, equipment use, mobile detection and report X investigation At cost using fully burdened rate n/a At cost using fully burdened rate Fire Investigation Reports report $9 $0 $9
Fire Incident Report report $44 $2 $46
Copies page $0.11 $0.01 $0.12
Photographs See police fee See police fee n/a See police fee Video Tape Duplication See police fee See police fee n/a See police fee Fireworks/Pyrotechnical Display Permit permit $407 $20 $427 Fire Dance Permit Annual Fee permit $204 $10 $214
Per Event Inspection each $53 $3 $56
Defensible Space Inspections for AB38 (Real Estate Sale) per hour n/a $70 $70 Defensible Space Inspections for Homeowners (includes tree marking) per hour n/a $30 $30 Miscellaneous Fees (cont.):

Expert Testimony (includes case preparation, documents, etc.) per case At cost using fully burdened rate n/a At cost using fully burdened rate
Special Event Review/Permit – Per Hour for Fire hourly $188 $9 $197 Expert Testimony (includes case preparation, documents, etc.) per case At cost using fully burdened rate n/a At cost using fully burdened rate
Special Event Review/Permit – Per Hour for Fire hourly $181 $9 $190 Fire Department
Fee Description Recovery USA Unit $ Change
Structure Fire Suppression (includes scene safety, initial investigation, traffic control, patient contact, hazard control) X

Page 7 of 13 ends

642
Adopted Fee Proposed Fee
03/15/2022 4.88%
Fire Inspection Fees:

Auto Alarm/Ext System – 10 per inspection $225 $11 $236 Auto Alarm/Ext System – 100 per inspection $548 $27 $575 Suppression Sys–50 hds/Dry Chem sys per inspection $225 $11 $236 Suppression Sys-200 hds per inspection $548 $27 $575
Underground Main <2” per inspection $110 $5 $115
Underground Main >2” per inspection $225 $11 $236
Board 7 Care Facility 7-50 per inspection $126 $6 $132
Board 7 Care Facility 50+ per inspection $311 $15 $326
Day Care Facility 6+ per inspection $110 $5 $115
Fire Safety Plan Review – SFD each $113 $6 $119
Fire Safety Plan Review-MFD each $238 $12 $250
Basic Fire Inspection, <1k k sq. ft. each $88 $4 $92
Basic Fire Inspection, 1k - 4k sq. ft. each $122 $6 $128 Basic Fire Inspection, 4k - 9k sq. ft. each $146 $7 $153 Basic Fire Inspection, >9 k sq. ft. each $185 $9 $194
Child Care Inspection Occupancy Permit Non-Home each $98 $5 $103 Child Care Inspection Occupancy Permit Home each $98 $5 $103 Miscellaneous Fire Services each At Cost n/a At Cost
Re-Inspection each $110 $5 $115
Operational Permit and Inspection CFC 105.6 each $231 $11 $242 Tents Structure > 200 sq. ft. each $110 $5 $115
Defensible Space / Fire Hazard per hour $154 $8 $162
Adopted Fee Proposed Fee
03/15/2022 4.88%
Special Business Regulation:

Other Permits – New each $430 $21 $451
Other Permits – Renewal each $214 $10 $224
Pedicab Permit – Owner/Operator New each $238 $12 $250
Pedicab Permit – Owner/Operator Renewal each $84 $4 $88 Pedicab Permit – Driver New each $141 $7 $148
Pedicab Permit – Driver Renewal each $55 $3 $58
Sidewalk Vending Permit – New each $150 $7 $157
Sidewalk Vending Permit – Renewal each $25 $1 $26
Other Police Functions:

Misdemeanor Booking per booking $40 $2 $42
Fingerprinting each $24 $1 $25
Live Scan Fingerprinting each $17 $1 $18
Local Criminal Clearance Letter each $10 $0 $10
Towed Vehicle Release each $150 $7 $157
Special Police Service each actual cost at fully
burdened rate n/a actual cost at fully burdened rate
DUI Incident Response – Police & Fire incident actual cost at fully burdened rate n/a actual cost at fully burdened rate
Copy of Dispatch Event report $0.10 $0.01 $0.11
Civil Subpoena each $280 $14 $294
Restitution Rate each actual cost at fully
burdened rate n/a actual cost at fully burdened rate
Subpoena Duces Tecum page + hourly +
microfilm
.10 + $25 per hour per
person + $.20 per
microfilm
n/a
.10 + $25 per hour per
person + $.20 per
microfilm
Govt. Code Controlled Activities actual cost at fully
burdened rate n/a actual cost at fully burdened rate
Other Special Activities hourly actual cost at fully
burdened rate n/a actual cost at fully burdened rate
Special Police Boat Service hourly actual cost at fully burdened rate n/a actual cost at fully
burdened rate
Equipment Reimbursement each Actual cost n/a Actual cost Firearm(s) Release (by appointment only) weapon $40 $2 $42 Ski Run Blvd. Vehicle Control hourly actual cost at fully burdened rate n/a actual cost at fully burdened rate
Police Report Copy pages $5 $0 $5
Tape Duplication – Audio tape $20 $1 $21
Tape Duplication – Video tape $20 $1 $21
Crime Scene/Police Photo Reproduction (CD photo) CD $20 $1 $21 Special Event Review/Permit (Small Event): 124 or less permit $79 $4 $83 Special Event Review/Permit (Medium Event): 125-299) permit $157 $8 $165 Special Event Review/Permit (Large Event): 300 or more permit $313 $15 $328 Non-Profit Special Event Review/Permit (Small Event): 124 or less permit $59 $3 $62 Non-Profit Special Event Review/Permit (Medium Event): 125-299) permit $118 $6 $124 Non-Profit Special Event Review/Permit (Large Event): 300 or more permit $235 $11 $246 $ Change
Police Department
Fee Description Unit $ Change
Fire Department (cont.)
Fee Description Recovery USA Unit

Page 8 of 13 ends

643
Adopted Fee Proposed Fee
03/15/2022 4.88%
Taxicab Fees:

Taxicab Company Permit Annual $5 $0 $5
Taxicab Vehicle Permit Annual per vehicle $5 $0 $5
Taxicab Driver Permit Annual $25 $1 $26
Police False Alarm Response:
1st & 2nd False Alarm No charge n/a No charge
Excessive > 3 False Alarms alarm Per city code n/a Per city code Non Permitted False Alarm Per city code n/a Per city code Initial Permit Application – Resident, 3 year period permit $39 $0 $39 Renewal Permit – Resident, every 3 years permit $18 $1 $19 Initial Permit Application – Business, 1 year period permit $39 $0 $39 Renewal Permit – Business, every year permit $18 $1 $19 Vacation Home Rentals:

Vacation Home Rental Permit – Late Fee On Renewal violation Counted as violation n/a Counted as violation Vacation Home Rental Permit Master Report report $60 $3 $63 Vacation Home Rental Permit Label Report report $57 + cost of labels $3 $60 + cost of labels Vacation Home Rental Permit – Annual Fee - Tourist Core 4 or less occupants
5 to 8 occupants
9 to 12 occupants
13 or more
Fractional
$200
$350
$650
$850
$19.23 to $850
n/a
$200
$350
$650
$850
$19.23 to $850
Parking Program:

Parking Garage per 20 min/daily max $1.25/$25 $0 $1.25/$25 Monthly Garage Pass April 1-Oct 31 each month $125 $0 $125 Winter Full Week Pass Nov 1-Mar 31 each month $175 $0 $175 6 Month Pass per 6 months $500 $0 $500
5 p.m. until 3 a.m. $.50 per 20 min/up to $5 n/a $.50 per 20 min/up to $5 Holiday Rates (can include days before/after Holiday) Double Regular Rates n/a $2.50/$50 Parking validations - 1 packet of 50 - 1 hr validations each packet of 50 $50 $0 $50 Electric Car Charging Electricity Fee each Rate as determined by STJPPA n/a Rate as determined by STJPPA
Electric Car Charging Overstay Fee each Rate as determined by STJPPA n/a Rate as determined by STJPPA
Parking – Bellamy/Transit Way per 20 min/2 hr max $1 $0 $1 Parking – Upper Ski Run (identified in map) per contract per contract n/a per contract Parking Citation - Kiosk Violations per violation $39 $2 $41 Cannabis:

Public Safety License Fee each $1,135 + $85 x's # of employees (fingerprint/background) $55 $1,190 + $85 x's # of employees Public Safety License Renewal Fee each $1,135 + $85 x's # of employees (fingerprint/background) $55 $1,190 + $85 x's # of employees Public Safety Mitigation Fee Amounts:

Retailer each $13,750 n/a $13,750
Microbusiness with Retail each $21,250 n/a $21,250
Testing Lab/Manufacturer, Cultivator, Distributor, Microbusiness without Retail each $7,500 n/a $7,500 Delivery Component each $5,000 n/a $5,000
Shared Mobility:

Shared Mobility Device Fee per device $75 $4 $79
Parking Citations:

City Code:

4.25.300 - Parking, Restricted Parking Occurrence $75 $0 $75

4.25.330 - No Stopping Zone Occurrence $75 $0 $75

4.25.360 - Time Limited Parking Zone Occurrence $55 $0 $55

4.25.370 - Parked in Excess of 72 Hours Occurrence $75 $0 $75

4.25.410 - Parked Wrong Side of Street Occurrence $25 $0 $25

4.25.440 - Designated Taxi Zone / Bus Stop Occurrence $75 $0 $75

4.25.590 - Parking Garage Payment Required Occurrence $75 $0 $75

4.25.600 - Parking Garage Parked within Parking Space Occurrence $55 $0 $55

4.25.620 - Use of Entrance and Exit Occurrence $75 $0 $75

4.25.740 - Paid Parking - No Ticket Occurrence $75 $0 $75

4.25.750 - Paid Parking Time Expired Occurrence $75 $0 $75

4.25.840 - Residential Parking / Permit Zone Occurrence $75 $0 $75

4.95.050 - Private Property - Restrictions Occurrence $200 $0 $200

7.05.420 - Area restricted-Snow Removal Occurrence $205 $0 $205 All other City Parking Codes Occurrence $75 $0 $75
California Vehicle Codes:
21113 - Parking on Public Grounds Occurrence $75 $0 $75 21113(a) - Unauthorized parking on public grounds Occurrence $75 $0 $75 21211(b) - Park in bike path Occurrence $75 $0 $75
21211a - Blocking designated bicycle path Occurrence $75 $0 $75 22500.1 - Parked In Fire Lane Occurrence $105 $0 $105
22500a - Park Within Intersection Occurrence $75 $0 $75 22500b - Park on Crosswalk Occurrence $75 $0 $75
22500d - Park Within 15ft Fire Station driveway Occurrence $105 $0 $105 22500e - Block Driveway Occurrence $75 $0 $75
22500f - Park on a Sidewalk Occurrence $75 $0 $75
22500g - Obstructing Traffic/HWY Construction Occurrence $105 $0 $105 22500h - Double Parking Occurrence $75 $0 $75
$ Change
Police Department (cont.)
Fee Description Unit

Page 9 of 13 ends

644
Adopted Fee
03/15/2022
California Vehicle Codes (cont.):
22500i - Park in Bus Loading Zone Occurrence $75 $0 $75 22507.8(a) - Handicap Disabled Only Occurrence $455 $0 $455 22507.8(b) - Block Disabled Stall/Space Occurrence $455 $0 $455 22507.8c - Parked in Handicap Crosshatch Occurrence $455 $0 $455 22514 - Within 15ft of Fire Hydrant Occurrence $105 $0 $105 22515 - Unattended Running Vehicle Occurrence $75 $0 $75 22523(b) - Abandoned Vehicle Occurrence $250 $0 $250
4000a - Expired Registration Occurrence $75 $0 $75
5204(a) - No Tabs Occurrence $75 $0 $75
All other California Vehicle Codes Occurrence $75 $0 $75 Administrative Citations*
City Code:

3.35.040 - No Business License Occurrence $100 $0 $100

3.50.380 (B) - Unpermitted VHR - Owner Responsible Occurrence $1,000 $0 $1,000

3.50.440 (A) - Vacation Home Rental (Maximum Occupancy - Occupant and Owner Responsible) Occurrence $500 $0 $500

3.50.440 (B ) - Vacation Home Rental (Parking Space Availability - Owner Responsible) Occurrence $250 $0 $250

3.50.440 (C )- Vacation Home Rental (Commercial Activity Prohibited - Occupant and Owner Responsible) Occurrence $500 $0 $500

3.50.440 (D) - Vacation Home Rental (Compliance with SLTCC - Owner Responsible) Occurrence $1,000 $0 $1,000

3.50.440 (E) - Vacation Home Rental (Posting of Permit - Owner Responsible) Occurrence $1,000 $0 $1,000

3.50.440 (F) - Vacation Home Rental (Marketing/Advertising Requirements - Owner Responsible) Occurrence $1,000 $0 $1,000

3.50.440 (G) - Vacation Home Rental (Authorization to Inspect - Owner Responsible) Occurrence $1,000 $0 $1,000

3.50.440 (H) - Vacation Home Rental (Outdoor Spas/Hot Tubs prohibited between 10 p.m.-8 a.m. - Occupant and Owner Responsible) Occurrence $500 $0 $500

3.50.440 (I) - Vacation Home Rental (Interior Signage - Owner Responsible) Occurrence $1,000 $0 $1,000

3.50.440 (J) - Vacation Home Rental (Exterior Signage - Owner Responsible) Occurrence $1,000 $0 $1,000

3.50.440 (K) - Vacation Home Rental (Parking Requirements - Occupant and Owner Responsible) Occurrence $250 $0 $250

3.50.440 (L) - Vacation Home Rental (Noise and Amplified Music Prohibited between 10 p.m. - 8 a.m. - Occupant and Owner Responsible) Occurrence $500 $0 $500

3.50.440 (M) - Vacation Home Rental (Emergency Lighting - Owner Responsible) Occurrence $1,000 $0 $1,000

3.50.440 (N) - Vacation Home Rental (Lighting Design - Owner Responsible) Occurrence $1,000 $0 $1,000

3.50.440 (O) - Vacation Home Rental (Parking of Commercial Vehicle - Occupant Occurrence $250 $0 $250

3.50.440 (P) - Vacation Home Rental (Records Relating to VHR - Owner Responsible) Occurrence $1,000 $0 $1,000

3.50.440 (Q) - Vacation Home Rental (Camping Prohibited - Occupant and Owner Responsible) Occurrence $500 $0 $500

3.50.440 (R ) - Vacation Home Rental (Trash/Bear Boxes Required - Owner Responsible) Occurrence $1,000 $0 $1,000

3.50.450 Vacation Home Rental (Operating without a Permit) Occurrence $1,000 $0 $1,000

4.150 - Refuse and Garbage Occurrence $150 $0 $150

4.35.020 - No Operator License - Mobile Vending Occurrence $100 $0 $100

4.40.020 - Nuisances Generally Occurrence $50 $0 $50

4.40.030 - Outdoor Display Occurrence $100 $0 $100

4.40.040 - Nuisances Generally - Noise Occurrence $100 $0 $100

4.45.040 - Abandoned Vehicle Occurrence $150 $0 $150

4.50.030 - Illegal Dumping Occurrence $1,000 $0 $1,000

4.50.050 - Unsuitable Trash Container - Commercial Occurrence $300 $0 $300

4.50.050 - Unsuitable Trash Container - Residential Occurrence $150 $0 $150

4.55 - Graffiti Occurrence $50 $0 $50

4.60 - Abandoned or Damaged Structure Occurrence $1,000 $0 $1,000

4.135.010 Police Service Occurrence $500 $0 $500

4.140.100 Private Patrols Occurrence $25 $0 $25

6.05 - Handbills Occurrence $100 $0 $100

6.10.160 - Exterior Lighting Occurrence $100 $0 $100

6.15 - Building Code Violation Occurrence $100 $0 $100

6.40 - Political Signs Occurrence $100 $0 $100

6.40.050 - Noncompliant Sign Occurrence $100 $0 $100

6.40.080 - Garage Sale Signs Occurrence $50 $0 $50

6.55.280 - No Home Occupation Permit Occurrence $100 $0 $100

6.55.810 - Marijuana Occurrence $1,000 $0 $1,000

7.05 - Sidewalk Snow Removal Occurrence $100 $0 $100

7.05.500 - Placing Snow in Right-of-Way Occurrence $100 $0 $100

7.05.560 - Sidewalk Snow Removal Occurrence $100 $0 $100 All Code Violations Not Listed Above or Specified in the Code Occurrence $250 $0 $250 *The fines for a second and any subsequent violation within a 12-month period for all violations with the exception of Vacation Home Rental violations will be double that of the previous fine assessed. The above penalties shall not supersede fines and penalties listed in the current City Code for specific violations.

Police Department (cont.)
Fee Description Unit

Page 10 of 13 ends

645
Adopted Fee Proposed Fee
03/15/2022 4.88%
Office square foot or agreement $1.77 $0.09 $1.86
Ground Lease Rate square foot or agreement $0.32 $0.02 $0.34 Gratuitous Transportation vehicle $55 $3 $58
Conference/Meeting Room hourly rental hour $30 $1 $31
Conference/Meeting Room daily rental day $295 $14 $309
Restaurant Facilities Per agreement Per agreement n/a Per agreement Airport Terminal Lobby (upper/lower) hourly rental hour $58 $3 $61 Airport Terminal Lobby (upper/lower) daily rental day $355 $17 $372 Advertising Negotiated Negotiated n/a Negotiated
Advertising “Paper” Pick-Up Ads monthly $75 $4 $79
Rental Car Ground Lease Area Negotiated / Market Rate Conditions Negotiated / Market Rate Conditions n/a Negotiated / Market Rate Conditions
Other Use of Terminal Negotiated Negotiated n/a Negotiated Commercial Filming:

Small Scale Commercial Filming (less than 50 persons); waived if City promotion per day/winter $428 $21 $449 Small Scale Commercial Filming (less than 50 persons); waived if City promotion per day/summer $713 $35 $748 Large Scale Film Production (film crew larger than 50 persons) – Prep / Strike Location per day $319 $16 $335
Large Scale Film Production (film crew larger than 50 persons) – Filming Days per day $5,316 $259 $5,575 Airport Escort Required on Filming Days per day $266 $13 $279 Movement Area Filming (Runway and/or Taxiway)* per day* $2,500* $0 $2,500* Large Scale Filming (more than 50 persons) Security Deposit Negotiated Based on Location Agreement Negotiated Based on Location Agreement
Large Scale Film Production (film crew larger than 50 persons) – City Film Support for Permits, Police, Fire, etc. Per Hour Fully Burdened Rate of Employee Used Per Hour Fully Burdened Rate of Employee Used Aviation Use of Airfield**: Adopted Fee 03/15/2022 $ Change Proposed Fee Terminal Ramp Day Use; multiple use or 2 or more hours day $11 n/a n/a Terminal Ramp RON Use Fee; 6 hours or more after 5:00 pm night $23 n/a n/a GA Ramp Fee for A/C under 5,000 lbs day $0 $10 $10
GA Ramp Fee for A/C over 5,001 lbs "paid with landing fee" day $0 $24 $24 Monthly Tie Down Fee Flat Rate $0 $75 $75
Off Peak Season (September 11-May 30) Landing Fees Aircraft/Rotorcraft 6,001 lbs. ≤ X ≤ 11,999 lbs.
per 1,000 lbs. for aircraft over 6,001
lbs. Landing Weight $2.53/1,000 lbs. n/a n/a
Off Peak Season (September 11 -May 30) Landing Fees Aircraft/Rotorcraft 12,000 ≤ X ≤ 29,999 lbs.
per 1,000 lbs. for aircraft between
12,000 and 29,999 lbs. Landing
Weight
$3.11/1,000 lbs. n/a n/a
Off Peak Season (September 11 - May 30) Landing Fees Aircraft/Rotorcraft 30,000 ≤ X ≤ 59,999 lbs.
per 1,000 lbs. for aircraft between
30,000 and 59,999 lbs. Landing
Weight
$3.60/1,000 lbs. n/a n/a
Off Peak Season (September 11 - May 30) Landing Fees Aircraft/Rotorcraft 60,000 ≤ X lbs. per 1,000 lbs. for aircraft equal to or
over 60,000 lbs. Landing Weight $3.64/1,000 lbs. n/a n/a Summer High Season (May 31-September 10) Landing Fees Aircraft/Rotorcraft 6,001 lbs. ≤ X ≤ 11,999 lbs.
per 1,000 lbs. for aircraft over 6,001
lbs. Landing Weight $3.03/1,000 lbs. n/a n/a
Summer High Season (May 31-September 10) Landing Fees Aircraft/Rotorcraft 12,000 ≤ X ≤ 29,999 lbs.
per 1,000 lbs. for aircraft between
12,000 and 29,999 lbs. Landing
Weight
$3.72/1,000 lbs. n/a n/a
Summer High Season (May 31-September 10) Landing Fees Aircraft/Rotorcraft 30,000 ≤ X ≤ 59,999 lbs.
per 1,000 lbs. for aircraft between
30,000 and 59,999 lbs. Landing
Weight
$4.36/1,000 lbs. n/a n/a
Summer High Season (May 31-September 10) Landing Fees Aircraft/Rotorcraft 60,000 ≤ X lbs. per 1,000 lbs. for aircraft equal to or over 60,000 lbs. Landing Weight $4.88/1,000 lbs. n/a n/a Fuel Flowage Fee per gallon/per agmt $0.11 n/a n/a
Non-Fixed Based Operators Use: e.g. Mechanics, Instructors, etc. % of gross income if not paying rents & fees otherwise 7.75% n/a n/a
Adopted Fee 11/15/2022
Effective 1/1/2023
Landing Fee Helicopter Takeoff Weight
3,001+ $50.00 flat rate
Landing Fee FixedWingTakeoffWeightPer1,000lbs.
5,501 - 19,000 $8.00
20,000 - 49,000 $10.00
50,000+ $12.00
Airport
Fee Description Unit $ Change
Fee Description Unit
*Any filming conducted on runways or taxiways defined as the Movement Area by the Federal Aviation Administration will have a $2,500 per day additional fee on top of other rates.
**Basing an Aircraft in an Airport Hangar does not count as "tenancy" for purposes of Commercial activities. Tenancy requires ground lease, concession agreement or terminal office rental agreement

Page 11 of 13 ends

646

4.24%
Adopted Fee Proposed Fee
03/15/2022 4.88%
Other Fees:

Automobile Parking; monthly per space $28 n/a n/a
Airport Parking Lot Rental 100 Spaces 1/2 Parking Lot $1063/day $52 $1,115/day Ground Transportation ‐ Limousine; yearly per company $706 $34 $740 Gratuitous Transportation – Taxi Cab; yearly, negotiable vehicle $35 $2 $37 North GA or Terminal Ramp; hourly, 300 linear feet full width hourly $295 $14 $309 North GA or Terminal Ramp; day, 300 linear feet full width day $3,540 $173 $3,713 Taxiway A between H and J– North End; hourly hourly $295 $14 $309 Taxiway A between H and J– North End; daily day $3,540 $173 $3,713 Airport Technician Fully burdened hourly rate Fully burdened hourly rate n/a Fully burdened hourly rate
Dump Truck, Sander, Grader, Loader hourly $201 $10 $211 Carpet Cleaning; includes equipment use +actual costs of City staff hourly + actual Fully burdened hourly rate n/a Fully burdened hourly rate
Airport Hangar Waitlist Fee each $0 $250 $250
Airport Lease Security Deposit (refundable deposit) each $782 $750 Airport Key Card (refundable deposit) each $52 $50
Lost/Stolen Key Card Replacement (non‐ refundable) each $52 $50 Airport Hangar Key (refundable deposit) each $26 $25
Lost/Stolen Hangar Key Card Replacement (non‐ refundable) each $26 $25 ***Local Emergency Agency Partners conducting training exercises to improve interagency airport emergency response is exempted from use fees Building Qty Available Size Monthly Rent Monthly Rent
Daily Rate Aircraft Hangar Storage (not to exceed 30 continuous days rental) (When Available) All $43/day n/a Building A 3 42’ box – 1,560 sf $742 $1,060
1 48’ box – 1,920 sf $819 $1,256
1 60’ box – 3,600 sf $1,248 $2,212
Building B 7 45’ tees – 1,350 sf $646 $918
2 48’ tees – 1,480 sf $675 $990
2 Storage – 674 sf $364 $481
Building C 8 42’ tees – 1,071 sf $514 $730
2 42’ el – 1,271 sf $587 $854
1 Storage – 357 sf $152 $232
Building D 9 42’ tees – 1,071 sf $514 $730
1 42’ el – 1,271 sf $587 $854
1 Storage – 357 sf $152 $232
1 Storage – 525 sf $296 $380
Building E 10 42’ tees – 1,071 sf $514 $730
2 Storage – 525 sf $296 $380
Building F 4 48’ box – 1,920 sf $819 $1,256
Hangar F4* 1 48’ box – 1,920 sf $1,055 n/a
1 10' Box ‐ 800 sf $364 $523
Somermeier 1 61’ box – 3,111 sf $1,445 $2,095
Improper Hangar Use Penalty. Tenants who represent to use the hangar for aeronautical purposes at a lower rate then use hangar for non‐aeronautical use Upon Complaint or Hangar
Inspection
Not Applicable if Tenant notifies Airport
Manager that they intend to change use
from Aeronautical to Non‐Aeronautical
$1,200 per occurrence +
Adjustment of rental
rate to non‐aeronautical
N/A
Council Adopted 10/4/2022
Effective 1/1/2023
Offices square foot or agreement $2.30
Council Adopted 10/4/2022
Effective 1/1/2023
Fuel Flowage Fee per gallon/per agmt $0.20
Council Adopted 10/4/2022
Effective 1/1/2023
Parking per space $100
Council Adopted 10/4/2022
Effective 1/1/2023
All Hangars (Box and Tee) per square foot $0.96
All Storage Units (Aeronautical Use) per square foot $0.96 All Storage Units (Non‐Aeronautical Use) per square foot $0.96 Rental rates listed above are based on a one‐year lease. All leases are short‐term leases (month‐to‐month) and all units are charged a flat monthly rate of $25 for electricity which is included in the monthly fee. These utility charges are based on average year‐round usage. Hangar F4 is used for Air Ambulance Operations and expends significant energy on heating the hangar. As a result, this hangar is charged a higher utility rate to cover the increased cost.
*Hangar F4 has a higher rate due to significantly more energy consumption due heated hangar for air ambulance.

Airport (cont.)
The T‐Hangar complex is on a parcel of land approximately 275’x 663’ including the taxi lanes. There are six buildings with a total of 48 aircraft hangars and seven storage areas as follows:

Fee Description
Aeronautical Use
Adopted Fee
03/15/2022
Non Aeronautical
Use Adopted Fee
03/15/2022
Fee Description Unit
Rolled back to
appropriate rates;
deposits are not subject
to increase based on CPI.
$ Change
Building Unit
Fee Description Unit
Aviation Use of Airfield Unit
Other Fees Unit

Page 12 of 13 ends

647
Adopted Fee Proposed Fee
03/15/2022 4.88%
Appeals per appeal $345 $17 $362
Document Printing and Copying, .10 per page plus postage document page $0.10 $0 $0.10 City Council Chambers Use Application Fee per application $25 $1 $26 City Council Chambers Rental, M‐F, 8‐5 p.m. per hour $40 $2 $42 Video Meeting Electronic File Transfer, 1 per Drive Thumb Drive $5 $0 $5 Verbatim Transcript Service actual outsource cost hourly or actual outsource cost n/a hourly or actual outsource cost
Notary Service per signature $15 $0 $15
Notary Service ‐ Providing California Notary
Acknowledgement or Jurat Form per form n/a $1
Agenda Mailing Service, .10 per page plus postage agenda .10 per page plus postage n/a .10 per page plus postage
Filming Application Fee application $178 $9 $187
Public Property Use Fee (for filming only) use $696 $34 $730 Temporary Sign Deposit (yard signs) campaign $158 $8 $166 Adopted Fee Proposed Fee
03/15/2022 4.88%
Business and Professions Tax Rates:

Schedule A (per $1,000 gross receipts) per 1,000 gross receipts $1.07 n/a $1.07 Schedule B (per $1,000 gross receipts) per 1,000 gross receipts $1.62 n/a $1.62 Schedule C (per $1,000 gross receipts) per 1,000 gross receipts $2.14 n/a $2.14 Schedule D (per $1,000 gross receipts) per 1,000 gross receipts $2.69 n/a $2.69 Schedule E (per $1,000 gross receipts) per 1,000 gross receipts $3.22 n/a $3.22 Schedule N (non‐profit 501(c)(3); veterans; etc.) n/a $0.00 n/a $0.00 Maximum Annual Amount of Tax (Measure B, June 2012) application $20,000 n/a $20,000 Administrative Fee – New license application (Including $12 Business License Technology Fee) application $77 $4 $81
Administrative Fee – New Business One Time 6 Month License Application application $38 $2 $40 Administrative Fee – Annual Renewal (Including Business License Technology Fee) application $60 $3 $63 AB1379 (amended SB1186; ADA info and access fee ‐ State of CA mandated; effective 1/1/2018 through 12/31/2023) per business certificate $4 $0 $4 Business License Technology Fee; collected with admin fee business application $11 $1 $12 Business License Certificate – duplicate copy certificate $18 $1 $19 Lien Release Fee lien Passed on to Seller through Escrow n/a Passed on to Seller through Escrow
Administrative Fee for Delinquent Refuse Collections lien $79 $4 $83 TOT and Business License Reports:

Delinquent Tax Analysis per project At cost using fully burdened hourly rate n/a At cost using fully burdened hourly rate
Motel Tax Master (name/address listing) per report $57 $3 $60 Individual TOT Report per motel/per year $17 $1 $18
Vacation Home Rental Master Report per report $57 $3 $60 Vacation Home Rental Label Report per report $57 + cost of labels $3 $60 + cost of labels Business License Master Report, Standard Format per report $57 $3 $60 Business License Master Report Requiring Specific Formatting Due to Information Request per report $57 + fully burdened hourly rate $3 $60 + fully burdened hourly rate
Business License Label Report per report $57 + cost of labels $3 $60 + cost of labels Miscellaneous Fees:

Returned Check (NSF) Processing per check $25 $1 $26
Geobase Information Service, Research per project At cost using fully burdened hourly rate n/a At cost using fully burdened hourly rate
Stop Payment Fee per check At cost using actual bank charge n/a At cost using actual bank charge
City Clerk
Fee Description Unit $ Change
Fee Description Unit $ Change
Finance

Page 13 of 13 ends

648
City of SLT Financial Policies – Strengthening Financial Position 1 Rev. February 2013 Financial Policies:

Strengthening Financial Position
To preserve General Fund revenues, the City will take proactive steps to strengthen its financial condition. The following policies shall guide those efforts.

A. Diversified Economy and Revenues

1. Preservation of Commercial and Industrial Development Opportunities
The City shall diversify its economic base by encouraging a broad range of private sector commercial and industrial employment.

While it is important to maintain an inventory of land zoned for residential use, the City shall carefully consider economic impacts before rezoning any commercial or industrial land to residential use.

The City Council shall be presented with an analysis of trend data comparing percentages of residential development to
commercial/industrial development.

2. Jobs/Housing Balance
The City shall promote an equal ratio of jobs to housing, and shall encourage the expansion of businesses that will provide opportunities for residents to work in the community.

3. Effect of Fees/Charges/Rates on Commercial and Industrial Development
In setting fees, charges, and/or rates on commercial and industrial development, the City shall evaluate the comparative fee structure of other neighboring jurisdictions. The City shall strive to implement fees, charges and/or rates that are competitive with other jurisdictions and that shall not have a negative impact on sales tax or other valuable sources of revenue.

B. Economic Incentives for Commercial and Industrial Development The City shall provide economic incentives for commercial and/or industrial development when such incentives shall lead to a positive economic return for the City in terms of jobs, workforce housing opportunities, enhanced revenues, a more diversified economic base, or enhanced transportation or other public services. Any economic incentive policies shall be attached as an Appendix to this document. 649
City of SLT Financial Policies – Strengthening Financial Position 2 Rev. February 2013 C. Intergovernmental Revenues

1. Grants
Grants from federal, state or private organizations are an appropriate and desirable means of enhancing available revenues. However, grant funding is rarely a long-term, stable economic base. Grant applications and subsequent grant awards shall be approved by the City Council. The City shall ensure that grant funding is appropriately leveraged to enhance City services as set forth in its Grant Funding and Compliance Policy. (See separate policy document).

2. State Shared Revenues
To protect against fluctuations in intergovernmental revenues, the City shall maintain 25 percent General Fund Committed fund balance as a reserve against unanticipated or uncontrollable reductions in state subventions.

D. User Fee Cost Recovery
The City provides certain services to its residents and businesses that are funded in whole or in part by fees that are intended to cover all or a portion of the cost of providing such services. To the extent User Fees do not cover the entire cost of providing such services; the General Fund subsidizes the additional expense. Careful examination of User Fees shall enhance the stability of the General Fund. The following policies shall be implemented to ensure that User Fees keep pace with changes in the cost-of-living as well as changes in methods or levels of service delivery.

1. General Principles
a. Revenues derived from User Fees shall not exceed the reasonable cost of providing the service.
b. Cost recovery goals shall be based on the total cost of delivering the service, including all direct costs, departmental
administration costs, and organization-wide support costs such as accounting, personnel, data processing, building and/or vehicle maintenance, and insurance.
650
City of SLT Financial Policies – Strengthening Financial Position 3 Rev. February 2013 c. The method of assessing and collecting fees shall be as simple as possible in order to reduce the administrative cost of collection. Although a high cost of recovery may be appropriate for specific services, if it is impractical or costly to charge the user, a lower level of cost recovery shall be appropriate. d. Fee levels shall be sensitive to the “market” for similar services, including the provision of services by private sector service or program providers. User Fees shall not be set so high that services shall not be used. Conversely, User Fees shall not be set so low that the City is stimulating a demand by artificially low prices. Specifically, the City shall carefully consider whether it is appropriate to provide services at a subsidized cost (or a cost that does not include all cost of services, such as room rental costs, building maintenance or personnel charges) if such services are available through the private sector.
e. Fee levels shall be sensitive to smaller, infrequent users of the service, for example, small businesses that may have less of an opportunity to recover the cost of User Fees through ordinary business income.
f. The level of cost recovery should consider the community-wide versus special benefit of the program or activity that is the subject of the User Fee. The use of general-purpose revenues shall be appropriate for community-wide services, while User Fees at some level shall be appropriate for services that are of special benefit to easily identified individuals or groups. (For example, it would be unusual to charge a User Fee for a community-wide event such as an Easter Egg Hunt, while it would be appropriate to charge a User Fee at some level for an adult recreational program with a limited number of participants.) g. The level of cost recovery shall consider the financial benefit to the service user, and whether the user is a service driver or a service recipient. In cases where there user benefits financially from the provision of the service, and the service would not be provided but for the expanded business or revenue
opportunities, the level of User Fee should more closely approximate 100% cost recovery. (For example, a developer receives financial benefit at the conclusion of the development review process, and the City would not provide the review of development applications but for the expanded business or revenue opportunity for the developer. While the community may be the actual service recipient of the review of development applications, the developer is the service driver.)
651
City of SLT Financial Policies – Strengthening Financial Position 4 Rev. February 2013

2. Factors Favoring High Levels of Cost Recovery. High cost recovery levels are especially appropriate in the following circumstances:
a. The service is similar to services provided through the private sector.
b. Other private or public sector alternatives could or do exist for the delivery of the service.
c. The demand for the service is high and cost of service is needed as a mechanism to help control demand.
d. The cost of service can be used as a mechanism for
encouraging compliance with the law. (For example, police response to false burglary alarm calls.)
e. The service is regulatory and voluntary compliance is not expected to be the primary method of detecting failure to meet regulatory requirements. (For example, building permit, plan checks and subdivision review services.)

3. Factors Favoring Low Levels of Cost Recovery. In addition to the general policy considerations noted above, low cost recovery levels are appropriate in the following circumstances:
a. The program or services falls within the range of general public services which are provided to the community to promote the general safety, health and well-being of the community, and there is no intended relationship between the amount paid and the benefit received. (For example, police and fire services, general access to park facilities.)
b. The service is not generally available through private sources and is necessary to promote the general safety, health and wellbeing of the community. (For example, teen after school programs.)
c. The service is generally non-recurring, delivered on a “peak demand” or emergency basis, cannot reasonably be planned for on an individual basis, and is not readily available from a private sector source. (For example, police and fire services in response to emergencies.)
d. Collecting fees would discourage compliance with regulatory requirements and adherence to regulatory requirements is not 652
City of SLT Financial Policies – Strengthening Financial Position 5 Rev. February 2013 readily identified by the City. (For example, home-based business licenses.)

4. Periodic Adjustment of User Fees. A comprehensive analysis of User Fees shall be made at least every three years. In the interim, if applicable, fees shall be adjusted by no less than the amount of the annual change in the Consumer Price Index. Fees may also be adjusted more frequently based on supplemental analysis whenever there has been significant change in the method, level or cost of service delivery. A schedule reporting the rate of all User Fees shall be included as an Appendix to the budget, and the City Council may direct adjustment in User Fees as part of the annual budget process.

5. Development Review Programs. Cost recovery for development review programs shall be very high, and in most cases the goal for cost recovery should be 100%. The City shall also impose clear performance standards to ensure that there is high value for services rendered. This cost recovery principle applies to the following types of development review programs:
a. Planning (planned development permits, tentative and parcel maps, rezonings, general plan amendments, variances, use permits, etc.)
b. Building and safety inspections (building permits, structural plan checks, fire inspections, etc.)
c. Engineering (public improvement plan checks, inspections, subdivision requirements, encroachments, etc.)
E. Enterprise Fund Rates
Each of the enterprise funds shall be operated in a manner to fully cover the total direct and indirect costs (including operations, capital outlay and debt service) for operating such functions so as to avoid General Fund subsidies for enterprise operations.

1. Rates shall be reviewed on an annual basis and shall be adjusted as appropriate and equitable.

2. Rates charged for enterprise activities shall be compared periodically against rates charged by other public agencies for purposes of benchmarking cost of service and operations. Private contracting opportunities shall be evaluated as appropriate as a means of reducing expenses, while remaining in compliance with the City’s Purchasing Policies.
653
City of SLT Financial Policies – Strengthening Financial Position 6 Rev. February 2013 F. Collections
The City shall implement a uniform collection program. The costs of this collection program shall be reviewed annually to ensure the total direct and indirect costs are fully covered. The costs shall be passed on to the delinquent customers as a penalty in the collection process.

The City’s options for collection are:
a. Property Liens. A lien shall be placed on the property should the owner fail to pay charges, penalties and interest charges.

Enforcement of liens shall be made in accordance with the applicable section of the City Code subject to delinquent payment, and may be initiated through a court ruling. Collections against property liens are typically done by issuing a warrant for enforcement or foreclosure proceeding in the case where a deed of trust has been secured by the City against the property, and may result in a sale pursuant to a writ of execution.
b. Special Assessments. A resolution must be presented to the City council to declare a special assessment on a delinquent customer’s real property. Upon passage and adoption a certified copy shall be recorded with the County Recorder’s office. The assessment shall be collected at the same time and in the same manner as ordinary municipal taxes. Special assessments are typically levied as a result of delinquent property assessments, non-payment of nuisance abatement costs or refuse fees. c. Withholding Entitlements. The City may withhold issuing any licenses, permits and other entitlements until payment for charges due, including penalties and interest is received. d. Collection Agency (other enforcement procedures). The City can take other actions allowed for enforcement of a civil judgment.

Collection agency fees shall be passed on to the customer through penalty and interest charges therefore avoiding gifting of public funds.
e. Closure of Business
The City Code allows for closure of a business for failure to comply with any provision of the Business Tax or Occupancy Tax chapters relating to the payment of monies due. Proper notice and due process shall be given to the business operator before closure.
654
Notice of Public Hearing
City of South Lake Tahoe City Council
Considering updates to the Master Schedule of Fees
and
Charges for City Services 2022-2023
NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN that the City Council will
conduct a PUBLIC HEARING on Tuesday, March 14,
2023, at 9:00 a.m. or as soon thereafter as possible,
in the City Council Chambers, 1901 Lisa Maloff Way.,
South Lake Tahoe, California.

The purpose of the public hearing will be to receive
public input on the 2022/2023 fiscal year update
to the Master Schedule of Fees and charges for
City services. Council will review, discuss, receive
public comment and will consider adoption of the
proposed schedule of fees and charges at this
meeting.

All interested persons are invited to attend or to write their comments to the City Council in care of the City
Clerk [email protected] or at the address
listed below.

A copy of the proposed schedule will be available for
public review by no later than Thursday, February
23, 2023. A public agenda packet will be available
for review at City Hall, 1901 Lisa Maloff Way, on the
City's Website at www.cityofslt.us , or by contacting the City Clerk's Office, (530) 542-6005 or sblankenship@
cityofslt.us.

Susan Blankenship
Susan Blankenship
Elected City Clerk
City of South Lake Tahoe
1901 Lisa Maloff Way, Ste 206
South Lake Tahoe, CA 96150
(530) 542-6005
Published: March 3, 2023
655
City of South Lake Tahoe
Agenda Item Executive Summary
Joe Irvin, City Manager
Meeting Date: March 14, 2023
Agenda Item #: 22
Agenda Item: Citizen Appointments to Commissions and Boards Executive Summary: In November 2022, the City Clerk began soliciting applications for citizen appointments to the Arts, Culture, and Tourism Commission, Police Advisory Commission, Planning Commission, Airport Land Use Commission, Building and Housing Board of Appeals, Independent Citizens' Oversight Board, and the Parks & Recreation Commission, for terms expiring in February 2023.

The solicitation and appointment of citizens to various boards and commissions meets the requirements set forth in Resolutions 2018-111 and Resolution 2022-011 and conforms to City Council Protocols.

Requested Action / Suggested Motions: Interview applicants and Pass a Motion appointing applicants as follows: 1 member to serve a four-year term to the Independent Citizens' Oversight Committee (Measure P), 1 member to serve a two-year term to the Airport Land Use Commission, and direct the City Clerk to continue soliciting for applications to the remaining vacancy.

Responsible Staff Member: Susan Blankenship, City Clerk Responsible Staff Member: Susan Blankenship, City Clerk (530) 542-6005 Reviewed and Approved By:

Heather Stroud, City Attorney
Attachments:
01-Staff Report Citizen Appointments to Boards & Commissions.docx 02-ALUC - Manfredi_Redacted.pdf
03-ICOC - Wood_Redacted.pdf
04-Maddy Act List.pdf
656
Council Agenda Report March 14, 2023 Page 1 of 1
City of South Lake Tahoe
Report to City Council
Meeting Date: March 14, 2023
Title: Citizen Appointments to Commissions and Boards
Location: Citywide
Responsible Staff Member: Susan Blankenship, City Clerk (530) 542-6005 Background: At their January 10, 2023, meeting City Council appointed members to serve on the City’s Boards and Commissions. No applications were received for the Airport Land Use Commission and Council provided direction to re-solicit for applications. During the appointment process, the City Clerk received an email from applicant (Xistra-Rich) for the Citizens Independent Oversight Committee who withdrew their appointment. The City Clerk re-solicited for this position.

Issue and Discussion: One application was received for two positions to the Airport Land Use Commission (2-year term)
o Alberto Manfredi
One application was received for one position to the Independent Citizens’ Oversight Committee. (4-year term)
o Jude Wood
The City Clerks recommends appointing members from the applications received and continue to solicit for applications to the Airport Land Use Commission until filled.

Financial Implications: Costs associated with staff support of the individual commissions/boards have been budgeted for within the department who oversees the commission.

Environmental Considerations: This is not a “project” subject to review under the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) under CEQA Guidelines section 15378(b)(2) (continuing administrative or maintenance activities, such as purchases for supplies) Policy Implications: The solicitation and appointment of citizens to various boards and commissions meets the requirements set forth in Resolution 2018-111 and Resolution 2022-011 and conforms to City Council Protocols.
657
658
659
Revised 01 10 2023

LOCAL APPOINTMENTS LIST
Government Code 54972 (Maddy Act)
AIRPORT LAND USE COMMISSION (2 Year Term)
Meets as needed to review compatibility of land use plans and regulations around the airport.

Name Date Appointed Term Expires
Vacant
Vacant
BUILDING BOARD OF APPEALS (2 Year Term)
Meets as needed to hear appeals of Building Official determinations & monitor City building use, maintenance & construction requirements.

Name Date Appointed Term Expires
Keith Roberts 1/10/2023 2/2025
Frank Sylvester 1/18/2022 2/2024
Courtney Schmidt 3/1/2022 2/2024
Seth Howard 8/9/2022 2/2024
Scott McGill 1/10/2023 2/2025
INDEPENDENT CITIZENS’ OVERSIGHT COMMITTEE (MEASURE P) (4 Year Term) Meets as needed to provide direction to City Council & Staff regarding the use & accounting of Measure P funds.

Name Date Appointed Term Expires
Jerry Bindel 1/10/2023 2/2026
David Gregorich 1/10/2023 2/2026
Marissa Fox 1/10/2023 2/2026
Faye-Marie Pekar 1/10/2023 2/2026
Vacant
PARKS & RECREATION COMMISSION (Alternating 2 Year Terms) Meets quarterly to advise City Council on policies and projects relating to city parks and recreation.

Name Date Appointed Term Expires
Amelia Richmond 1/10/2023 2/2024 (limited term vacancy) Kira Smith 1/10/2023 2/2025
Jerry Bindel 1/18/2022 2/2024
David Gregorich 1/18/2022 2/2024
Peter Fink 1/10/2023 2/2025
Margaret Kovarik-Maxhimer 1/10/2023 2/2025
Nicole Ramirez-Thomas 1/10/2023 2/2025
PLANNING COMMISSION (Alternating 2 Year Terms)
Meets monthly to assist in matters relating to the City’s general plan, serve as Delinquent Refuse Hearing Board & perform duties set forth in Article 7 of the Government code.

Name Date Appointed Term Expires
Natalia Wieczorek 1/10/2023 2/2025
Keith Roberts 1/18/2022 2/2024
Gavin Feiger 1/18/2022 2/2024
Nick Speal 1/10/2023 2/2025
Seth Howard 1/10/2023 2/2025
660
Revised 01 10 2023
Arts, Culture and Tourism Commission (Alternating 2 Year Terms) Meets quarterly to advise City Council on policies and projects relating to Arts, Culture and Tourism.

Name Date Appointed Term Expires
Stacey Ballard 1/10/2023 2/2025
Eleanor Brennan 1/10/2023 2/2025
David Hamilton 1/10/2023 2/2025
Scott Forrest 1/18/2022 2/2024
Bryan Yerian 1/18/2022 2/2024
Tony Lyle 1/18/2022 2/2024 (non-voting representative)
Police Advisory Commission (Alternating 2 Year Terms)
Meets quarterly to advise, assist, and collaborate on police/community issues.

Name Date Appointed Term Expires
Ayana Morali 1/10/2023 2/2025
Erika Gonzalez 1/10/2023 2/2025
Tom Davis 1/10/2023 2/2025
Claudia Andersen 1/18/2022 2/2024
Justin Zunino 1/18/2022 2/2024

Council Commissions with citizen representation
EL DORADO COUNTY COMMUNITY ACTION COUNCIL - Council Commission with citizen representative Name Date Appointed Term Expires
Brian Conway 12/13/2022 Appointment considered annually EL DORADO COUNTY COMMISSION ON AGING - Council Commission with citizen representative Name Date Appointed Term Expires
Chantelle Schenning 12/13/2022 Appointment considered annually

TRPA ADVISORY PLANNING COMMISSION – Council Commission with citizen representative Name Date Appointed Term Expires (2 Year Term)
Susan Chandler 12/13/2022 12/2024
661
City of South Lake Tahoe
Agenda Item Executive Summary
Joe Irvin, City Manager
Meeting Date: March 14, 2023
Agenda Item #: 23
Agenda Item: Ordinance Amending South Lake Tahoe City Code Section 6.55.230 (Temporary Activities and Uses) (First Reading)
Executive Summary: On February 14, 2023, the City Council considered an ordinance with proposed amendments to South Lake Tahoe City Code Section 6.55.230. The City Council directed staff to remove standard 6.55.230.A.4.m from the ordinance which limited the number of arts and craft booths to nine and bring the ordinance back for first reading.

Requested Action / Suggested Motions: Pass a Motion to hold a first reading (by title only) of an Ordinance amending the South Lake Tahoe City Code Section 6.55.230 (Temporary Activities and Uses) to modify permit criteria for special events and refer second reading and adoption to the March 14, 2023 meeting.

CEQA Determination: This Ordinance is exempt from review under the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) under CEQA Guidelines sections 15323 (normal operations of facilities for public gatherings) and 15304(e) (minor alterations of land for temporary uses).

Responsible Staff Member: Madison Dederick, Assistant Planner Responsible Staff Member: Madison Dederick, Assistant Planner (530) 542-6022 Reviewed and Approved By:

Susan Blankenship, City Clerk
Olga Tikhomirova, Director of Finance
Heather Stroud, City Attorney
Attachments:
01-Staff_Report_Special_Events.docx
02-ORDINANCE_AMENDING_CITY_CODE_SECTION_6.55.230.docx
03-Redline - SLTCC 6.55.230 Amendment.pdf
04-Special Event Guidelines.docx
05-Special Event Application.docx
662
City Council Agenda Report March 14, 2023 Page 1 of 2
City of South Lake Tahoe
Report to City Council
Meeting Date: March 14, 2023
Title: Ordinance Amending South Lake Tahoe City Code Section 6.55.230 (First Reading) Location: Citywide
Responsible Staff Member: Madison Dederick, Assistant Planner Background: On February 14, 2023, the City Council considered an ordinance with proposed amendments to South Lake Tahoe City Code Section 6.55.230. The City Council directed staff to remove standard 6.55.230.A.4.m from the ordinance which limited the number of arts and craft booths to nine and bring the ordinance back for first reading.

The item before the City Council is a motion to hold a first reading (by title only) of an Ordinance amending the South Lake Tahoe City Code Section 6.55.230 and refer second reading to the City Council meeting on March 28, 2023.

Issue and Discussion: During discussions on February 14, 2023, members of the Council expressed concerns with limiting the number of arts and craft booths for special events and provided staff with direction for revision to the proposed ordinance. Attachment 03 shows the changes to City Code Section 6.55.230 including the removal of standard 6.55.230.A.4.m at City Councils direction. In addition to the code amendment, staff will maintain an event guideline document and application (Attachment 04 and 05) that establish permit review levels, submission timeframes, and required application materials to assist event producers in understanding the materials staff needs to complete an application review.

Financial Implications: There are no financial implications to amending the City Code. On February 28, 2023, the City Master Fee Schedule will be presented to the City Council at a Public Hearing, and the Major and Minor Special Event application fees will be incorporated for consideration. If the Ordinance is adopted at second reading on March 14, 2023, the new fees will be formally adopted on March 28, 2023, during the second meeting for the Master Fee schedule item.

Environmental Considerations: This Ordinance is exempt from review under the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) under CEQA Guidelines sections 15323 (normal operations of facilities for public gatherings) and 15304(e) (minor alterations of land for temporary uses).

Policy Implementations: The proposed amendments to the South Lake Tahoe City Code Section 6.55.230 would create a single streamlined permitting procedure that would be 663
City Council Agenda Report March 14, 2023 Page 2 of 2
processed by the Development Service Department. Streamlining the event procedures aligns with Goal 3.3 of the City’s Strategic Plan and with Policy ED-1.10 of the City’s General Plan by expanding and supporting event opportunities.
664
Ordinance 2023-XX March 28, 2023 Page 1 of 5
Ordinance 2023-XX
Adopted by the City of South Lake Tahoe
City Council
March 28, 2023
AN ORDINANCE AMENDING CITY CODE SECTION 6.55.230

FINDINGS
A. On April 17, 2012, the City Council approved Special Event Application Guidelines identifying procedures for special event production in South Lake Tahoe.

B. On November 3, 2015, the City Council adopted Ordinance 2015-1094 amending City Code Section 6.55.230 for temporary activities, which became effective on December 3, 2015.

C. The city has since engaged in streamlining event processing by proposing amendments to City Code Section 6.55.230 and repealing the Special Event Application Guidelines. As a result, there will be no differentiation between special events and temporary activities and all events will be subject to City Code Section 6.55.230.

D. For events requiring a permit, staff will maintain documents that assist applicants in understanding materials staff needs to complete an application review. Information in these documents may include, but are not limited to, required submission materials, submission timeframes and permit review levels.

E. On December 20, 2022, the Art, Culture and Tourism Commission held a public hearing and passed a motion recommending adoption of an ordinance amending City Code Section

6.55.230.

F. On January 19, 2023, the Planning Commission held a public hearing and passed a resolution recommending adoption of an ordinance amending City Code Section 6.55.230.

G. On February 14, 2023, the City Council held a public hearing and directed staff to make revisions to the draft ordinance, which City Council considered at its march 14, 2023 meeting.

Now, Therefore, the City Council of City of South Lake Tahoe does ordain as follows:

SECTION 1. Chapter 6.55 Article III is hereby amended to read as follows:

Article III. Other Land Use Regulations

6.55.130 Parking requirements.

6.55.140 Height restrictions.

6.55.150 Setbacks.

6.55.160 Reserved.

6.55.170 Setback exceptions.

6.55.180 Minimum lot size.

6.55.190 Reserved.
665
Ordinance 2023-XX March 28, 2023 Page 2 of 5

6.55.200 Airport land use planning.

6.55.210 Condominium conversions of certain residential property.

6.55.220 Planned unit development.

6.55.230 Special events and temporary uses.

6.55.240 Land capability and land coverage.

6.55.250 Applicable density for various land use designations.

6.55.260 Calculation of allowable density.

6.55.270 Condo-hotels.

SECTION 2. Section 6.55.230 is hereby amended to read as follows:

6.55.230 Special Events and Temporary Uses
Refer to the Temporary Activities and Uses M.O.U. between the TRPA and the City of South Lake Tahoe.

A. Special Events.

1. A special event that complies with the provisions of TRPA Code of Regulations and City of South Lake Tahoe City Code may be conducted without a permit provided it does not include any activity listed in subsection (A)(2) of this section and provided the activity complies with all standards listed in subsection (A)(4) of this section.

2. Permit Required. A special event permit shall be required and obtained from the development services department prior to any activity involving any of the following elements:
a. Road closure or detour;
b. Off-site parking;
c. Private security;
d. Temporary structures (i.e., tents greater than 10 feet by 10 feet, stage, etc.); e. Amplified sound;
f. Ground disturbance;
g. Use of city resources (i.e., barricades, signs, traffic control, etc.); h. Activities proposed at night between 10:00 p.m. and 8:00 a.m.; i. Has the potential for more than 500 attendees;
j. Conducted over a period of four or more consecutive days.

3. Exceptions. The following special events do not require a special event permit, but are subject to all standards listed in subsection (A)(4):
666
Ordinance 2023-XX March 28, 2023 Page 3 of 5
a. Noncommercial weddings and other single day life events such as birthday parties, holiday parties, etc., that occur in residential zones. Noncommercial means that the event site is not rented for the event with consideration charged for occupancy of the space.
b. Seasonal and temporary outdoor retail sales of trees, pumpkins and other items when located in a plan area designated for commercial, public service, or tourist uses.
c. Events which are included within the primary use of the property or are accessory to the primary use as determined by the Director of Development Services.
d. Facility Use. Special events that do not include any activity listed in subsection (A)(b) of this section but require use of a city facility do not require a special event permit but are subject to SLTCC 8.05.170. e. Parades. Parades are subject to SLTCC 4.30.

4. Standards. All special events, whether a permit is required or not, must comply with all requirements cited below:
a. Comply with TRPA Code Chapter 22. However, activities qualifying for a TRPA Code exemption are not exempt from city permit requirements. b. Comply with all applicable city, county, state, and federal regulations, including but not limited to El Dorado County Department of Environmental Health permitting and regulations, and California Department of Alcoholic Beverage Control permitting and regulations.
c. Special events shall be limited to a period not to exceed fourteen consecutive days. There shall be a four-day period between special events on a property. d. Consistent with the City Code, the permissible uses in the plan area statements, community plans, and area plans.
e. In the appropriate location for the proposed type and size of event, and accommodate appropriate vehicle circulation and parking, signage, noise mitigation, and waste management.
f. Comply with Chapter 7.15 SLTCC, Urban Runoff and Storm Water Quality Management.
g. Comply with Chapter 3.35 SLTCC, Tax Rates and Licensing. h. Comply with Chapter 4.175 SLTCC, Polystyrene and Plastic Food Packaging Regulations.
i. Signage shall not exceed a total of 60 square feet in area and shall be no taller than six feet in height. This may include one banner displayed for the 667
Ordinance 2023-XX March 28, 2023 Page 4 of 5
event. Temporary signs that are part of a special event may be installed up to 14 days prior to the event and shall be removed at the end of the activity.

All signage shall be removed immediately following the event. j. Comply with fire codes and safety standards set forth by National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) for fire resistant tents and must include an affixed manufacturer’s label stating the tent meets NFPA requirements. A State Fire Marshal seal on the tent or a certificate is needed to prove treatment.
k. Not impede pedestrian or vehicle traffic at any time. Vehicle parking, loading or unloading may only occur in a designated parking stall and shall not occur within the city or Caltrans right-of-way, within sidewalk areas, or other publicly used areas. Sidewalks shall be kept open for use by the general public. l. Comply with accessibility requirements of the Americans with Disabilities Act.

5. Where special events involve land disturbance, signage or structures, permittees may be required to post a security with the city to ensure compliance with certain conditions of approval. The approval shall state which conditions are the subject of the security.

B. Temporary Uses.

1. Permit Required. A city temporary use permit is required for the establishment of a use on a temporary basis.
a. Temporary use permits may be issued for a period consistent with the anticipated length of the use, not to exceed six months. One six-month extension may be granted.
b. Temporary use permits shall not be issued for the sole purpose of conducting a temporary business.
c. Temporary use permits shall not be issued for vending or commercial retail sales. Seasonal sales (i.e., Christmas tree lots, pumpkin patches, candy sales, etc.) conducted by nonprofit groups may be permitted. d. Temporary uses are exempt from the requirement to provide commercial floor area and a verification of coverage.
e. Where temporary uses involve land disturbance, signage or structures, permittees may be required to post a security with the city to ensure compliance with certain conditions of approval. The approval shall state which conditions are the subject of the security.
f. Temporary uses shall be reviewed and approved for a specific purpose by City of South Lake Tahoe staff for consistency with the City Code, the permissible uses in the plan area statements, community plans, and area plans. A permissible use listed as allowed may be reviewed at staff level, while a use listed as special requires a public hearing that includes the TRPA 668
Ordinance 2023-XX March 28, 2023 Page 5 of 5
hearings officer, city zoning administrator or planning commission and notification of the property owners within a 300-foot radius.

SECTION 3. Adoption of this Ordinance amending City Code Section 6.55.230 repeals the Special Event Application Guidelines approved by City Council on April 17, 2012.

SECTION 4. The City Council finds that adoption of the proposed Ordinance is categorically exempt from review under the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) under CEQA Guidelines sections 15323 (normal operations of facilities for public gatherings) and 15304(e) (minor alterations of land for temporary uses).

SECTION 5. The City Clerk is directed to certify this Ordinance and cause it to be published in the manner required by law.

SECTION 6. This Ordinance shall become effective on April 28, 2023.

Adopted by the City of South Lake Tahoe City Council on March 28, 2023 by the following vote:

Yes:

No:

Absent:

Abstain:
________________________ Date:______________
Cristi Creegan, Mayor
Attest:
_____________________________
Susan Blankenship, City Clerk
First Reading: March 14, 2023
Published:

Second Reading: March 28, 2023
Effective: April 28, 2023
The presence of electronic signature certifies that the foregoing is a true and correct copy as approved by the South Lake Tahoe City Council.
669

6.55.230 Temporary activities Special events and temporary uses.

Refer to the Temporary Activities and Uses M.O.U. between the TRPA and the Ccity of South Lake Tahoe.

A. A. Temporary Activities.Special Events.

1. a. Minor temporary activities A special event that compliesy with the provisions of TRPA Code of Regulations and Ccity of South Lake Tahoe City Code may be conducted without a permit provided it does not include any activity listed in subsection (A)(b) of this section and provided the activity complies with all standards listed in subsection (A)(dc) of this section.

2. b. Permit Required. A temporary activity special event permit shall be required and obtained from the development services department prior to any activity involving any of the following elements:
a. i. Road closure or detour;
b. ii. Off-site parking;
c. iii. Private security;
d. iv. Temporary structures (i.e., tents greater than 10 feet by 10 feet, stage, etc.);
e. v. Amplified music;
f. vi. Ground disturbance;
g. vii. Use of city resources (i.e., barricades, signs, traffic control, etc.); h. Activities proposed at night between 10:00 p.m. and 8:00 a.m.; i. Has the potential for more than 500 attendees;
h.j. Conducted over a period of four or more consecutive days.

3. Exceptions. The following special events do not require a special event permit, but are subject to all standards listed in subsection (A)(d):
670
a. Noncommercial weddings and other single day life events such as birthday parties, holiday parties, etc., that occur in residential zones.

Noncommercial means that the event site is not rented for the event with consideration charged for occupancy of the space.
b. Seasonal and temporary outdoor retail sales of trees, pumpkins and other items when located in a plan area designated for commercial, public service, or tourist uses.
c. Events which are included within the primary use of the property or are accessory to the primary use as determined by the Director of Development Services.
d. Facility Use. Special events that do not include any activity listed in subsection (A)(b) of this section but require use of a city facility do not require a special event permit but are subject to SLTCC 8.05.170. e. Parades. Parades are subject to SLTCC 4.30.

3.4.d. Standards. All temporary activities special events, whether a permit is required or not, must comply with all requirements cited below:
a. i. Comply with TRPA Code Chapter 22. However, activities qualifying for a TRPA Code exemption are not exempt from city permit requirements. b. ii. Comply with all applicable city, county, state, and federal regulations, including but not limited to El Dorado County Department of Environmental Health permitting and regulations, and California Department of Alcoholic Beverage Control permitting and regulations. c. iii. Special events shall Bbe limited to activities conducted over a period not to exceed fourteen consecutive days. There shall be a four-day period between temporary activitiesspecial events on a property. d. iv. Consistent with the Ccity Ccode, the permissible uses in the plan area statements, community plans, and area plans.
e. v. In the appropriate location for the proposed type and size of event, and accommodate appropriate vehicle circulation and parking, signage, noise mitigation, and waste management.
f. vi. Comply with Chapter 7.15 SLTCC, Urban Runoff and Storm Water Quality Management.
671
g. vii. Comply with Chapter 3.35 SLTCC, Tax Rates and Licensing. g.h. Comply with Chapter 4.175 SLTCC, Polystyrene and Plastic Food Packaging Regulations.
h.i. vii. Signage shall not exceed a total of 60 square feet in area and shall be no taller than six feet in height. This may include one banner displayed for the activity event. Temporary signs that are part of a temporary activity special event may be installed up to 14 days prior to the activity event and shall be removed at the end of the activity. All signage shall be removed immediately following the event.
i.j. ix. Comply with fire codes and safety standards set forth by National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) for fire resistant tents and must include an affixed manufacturer’s label stating the tent meets NFPA requirements.

A State Fire Marshal seal on the tent or a certificate is needed to prove treatment.
j.k. x. Not impede pedestrian or vehicle traffic at any time. Vehicle parking, loading or unloading may only occur in a designated parking stall and shall not occur within the city or Caltrans right-of-way, within sidewalk areas, or other publicly used areas. Sidewalks shall be kept open for use by the general public.
k.l. xi. Comply with accessibility requirements of the Americans with Disabilities Act.
l.m. xii. Comply with SLTCC 6.10.450(F) limiting the number of arts and crafts booths to nine, as an incidental component.

4.5.e. Where temporary activities special events involve land disturbance, signage or structures, permittees may be required to post a security with the city to ensure compliance with certain conditions of approval. The approval shall state which conditions are the subject of the security.

B. Temporary Uses.

1. a. Permit Required. A city temporary use permit is required for the establishment of a use on a temporary basis.
a. i. Temporary use permits may be issued for a period consistent with the anticipated length of the use, not to exceed six months. One six-month extension may be granted.
672
b. ii. Temporary use permits shall not be issued for the sole purpose of conducting a temporary business.
c. iii. Temporary use permits shall not be issued for vending or commercial retail sales. Seasonal sales (i.e., Christmas tree lots, pumpkin patches, candy sales, etc.) conducted by nonprofit groups may be permitted. d. iv. Temporary uses are exempt from the requirement to provide commercial floor area and a verification of coverage.
e. v. Where temporary uses involve land disturbance, signage or structures, permittees may be required to post a security with the city to ensure compliance with certain conditions of approval. The approval shall state which conditions are the subject of the security.
f. vi. Temporary uses shall be reviewed and approved for a specific purpose by Ccity of South Lake Tahoe staff for consistency with the Ccity Ccode, the permissible uses in the plan area statements, community plans, and area plans. A permissible use listed as allowed may be reviewed at staff level, while a use listed as special requires a public hearing that includes the TRPA hearings officer, city zoning administrator or planning commission and notification of the property owners within a 300-foot radius. (Ord. 902; Ord. 1057 § 1 (Exh. A); Ord. 1094 § 1 (Exh.

A). Code 1997 § 32-21.1)
673
Special Event Guidelines

Page 1 of 10 ends

SPECIAL EVENT GUIDELINES

PURPOSE
The City of South Lake Tahoe recognizes that events provide many social, cultural, and economic benefits which enhance the quality of life for residence and visitors. The special event guidelines were created with the purpose of supporting and welcoming events while also ensuring the safety, health, property, and welfare of the community.

The City of South Lake Tahoe City Code Section 6.55.230 establishes the permit requirement criteria, exemptions and standards for all special events. These guidelines establish permit review levels, submission timeframes, and required application materials.

PERMIT REVIEW
Section 6.55.230 of the South Lake Tahoe City Code
Permit Required
A special event permit shall be required and obtained from the Development Services Department prior to any activity involving any of the following elements:
 Road closure or detour
 Off-site parking
 Private security
 Temporary structures (i.e., tents greater than 10 feet by 10 feet, stage, etc.)  Amplified sound
 Temporary land coverage or ground disturbance
 Use of city resources (i.e., barricades, signs, traffic control, etc.)  Activities proposed at night between 10:00 p.m. and 8:00 a.m.  Has the potential for more than 500 attendees
 Conducted over a period of four or more consecutive days Permit Exceptions
The following special events are exempt from obtaining a permit:
 Noncommercial weddings and other single day life events such as birthday parties, holiday parties, etc., that occur in residential zones. Noncommercial means that the event site is not rented for the event with consideration charged for occupancy of the space.
 Seasonal and temporary outdoor retail sales of trees, pumpkins and other items when located in a plan area designated for commercial, public service, or tourist uses. 674
Special Event Guidelines

Page 2 of 10 ends

 Events which are included within the primary use of the property or are accessory to the primary use as determined by the Director of Development Services.  Facility Use. Special events that do not include any activity elements requiring a permit but require use of a city facility do not require a special event permit but are subject to SLTCC 8.05.170.
 Parades. Parades are subject to SLTCC 4.30.

Standards
Whether a permit is required or not, all events must comply with the following:
 Comply with TRPA Code Chapter 22. However, activities qualifying for a TRPA Code exemption are not exempt from city permit requirements.  Comply with all applicable city, county, state, and federal regulations, including but not limited to El Dorado County Department of Environmental Health permitting and regulations, and California Department of Alcoholic Beverage Control permitting and regulations.
 Special events shall be limited to a period not to exceed fourteen consecutive days.

There shall be a four-day period between special events on a property.  Consistent with the City Code, the permissible uses in the plan area statements, community plans, and area plans.
 In the appropriate location for the proposed type and size of event, and accommodate appropriate vehicle circulation and parking, signage, noise mitigation, and waste management.
 Comply with Chapter 7.15 SLTCC, Urban Runoff and Storm Water Quality Management.
 Comply with Chapter 3.35 SLTCC, Tax Rates and Licensing.  Comply with Chapter 4.175 SLTCC, Polystyrene and Plastic Food Packaging Regulations.
 Signage shall not exceed a total of 60 square feet in area and shall be no taller than six feet in height. This may include one banner displayed for the event. Temporary signs that are part of a special event may be installed up to 14 days prior to the event and shall be removed at the end of the activity. All signage shall be removed immediately following the event.
 Comply with fire codes and safety standards set forth by National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) for fire resistant tents and must include an affixed manufacturer’s label stating the tent meets NFPA requirements. A State Fire Marshal seal on the tent or a certificate is needed to prove treatment.
 Not impede pedestrian or vehicle traffic at any time. Vehicle parking, loading or unloading may only occur in a designated parking stall and shall not occur within the city or Caltrans right-of-way, within sidewalk areas, or other publicly used areas.

Sidewalks shall be kept open for use by the general public.  Comply with accessibility requirements of the Americans with Disabilities Act. 675
Special Event Guidelines

Page 3 of 10 ends

Major or Minor
Special events can include a broad range of activities, all of which require unique review and consideration. To help process applications as efficiently as possible the city has established two levels of permit review – major or minor. A minor special event permit is intended for events that are specific to a group of people and has minimal off-site impacts to the surrounding area; a major special event permit is intended for large events which attract a range of individuals and is typically widely advertised to all residence and visitors. The Director of Development service has the discretion to require a major special event permit for any event if they find that the event involves a special circumstance or has the potential for unique or unanticipated impacts.

To differentiate between the two levels of permit review, any one of the following event elements prompt the requirement for a major special event permit:
 Road closure or detour
 Use of city resources (i.e., barricades, signs, traffic control, etc.)  Has the potential for more than 500 attendees
 Conducted over a period of four or more consecutive days Special Event Areas
Special Event Areas are a series of designated parcels which have a standing permit with specific conditions and guidelines for holding events. In approved Special Event Areas, a permit from the Development Services Department is not required; however, the event is subject to the conditions of the Special Event Area permit and approval from the Area’s governing body/management.

The following are current permitted Special Event Areas within the city:
 Heavenly Village: Contact the Park Avenue Development and Management Association (PADMA) about holding events
 Ski Run Boulevard: Contact the Ski Run District Board about holding events Inspection of Event Sites
All major special events will require an inspection of the completed venue setup prior to the event. The inspection will be conducted by the City of South Lake Tahoe Building Official, Fire Inspector, and/or other city staff depending on the nature of the event. Inspections will be included in the conditions of approval on an agreed upon date with the applicant. If an inspection is necessary outside of regular staff work hours, additional fees will apply. 676
Special Event Guidelines

Page 4 of 10 ends

SUBMISSION TIMEFRAME
Applicants are encouraged to submit applications as soon as possible to ensure the city can help coordinate the best event possible. However, to make sure staff has adequate time to process applications, submission must be deemed complete a minimum of:

Major Special Events
90 days prior to event
Minor Special Events
30 days prior to event
All events require an approved permit prior to ticket sales.

APPLICATION REQUIREMENTS
The following sections detail the information required for submission of a complete application depending on the level of review and resources required. However, all special events are unique and additional information may be required at city staff’s discretion.

All Special Event Permits
Event Description: Must provide the name, location, and purpose of the event. The description should clearly identify what will be occurring at this event.

Event Schedule: Start and finish times for each day of the event must be provided, including any additional days and times required for set up and tear-down (including clean up). If applicable, performance schedules and any other important timeframes should be provided.

Event Personnel, Organization, and Liaison: Provide a breakdown of the event staff including the roles of different personnel such as, but not limited to, security, first aid, or parking attendants. An on-site liaison and direct contact information shall be identified for the day of the event should city staff need to relay information to event personnel during the event.

Attendance: Provide the maximum number of participants and/or spectators. For ticketed events, information regarding ticket sales (i.e. when they go on sale and when sales close, how many tickets can be sold, is parking purchased) shall be provided. The Director of Development Services has the discretion to limit the event size and include other requirements such as, but not limited to, requiring ticketed events to specify mode of transportation at time of purchase.

Site Plan: The site plan must be drawn to scale and include the date it was prepared (any revised plans must include the date). The plan must include the location of all aspects of the event as described in the application. This includes, but is not limited to, clearly indicating the location of stages, tents, cables, sound systems, fire extinguishers, fire hydrants, restrooms/portable toilets, litter bins, recycling bins, water holding tanks, and water bottle refill stations (portable or installed). All fencing, gates, entrances, and exits, including emergency 677
Special Event Guidelines

Page 5 of 10 ends

exits and fire lanes must also appear on the site plan. Fire hydrants cannot be obstructed, and their locations should be shown on the plan.
- Restrooms/Portable Toilets: The minimum number of restrooms will depend on the length of the event and number of individuals attending (guest and staff included). At minimum, staff expects the event to meet the standards established by the Portable Sanitation Association International. Additionally, events that will experience temperatures over 80 degrees or will serve alcohol should increase the number of restrooms by 20-30%.

The number of restrooms you’ll need is …
# of
Individuals
Event Length (Hours)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
1-50 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2
100 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3
250 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3
500 2 4 4 5 6 7 9 9 10 12
1,000 4 6 8 8 9 9 11 12 13 13
2,000 5 6 9 12 14 16 18 20 23 25
3,000 6 9 12 16 20 24 26 30 34 38
4,000 8 13 16 22 25 30 35 40 45 50
5,000 12 15 20 25 31 38 44 50 56 63
*Standards established by the Portable Sanitation Association International: https://www.psai.org/ - Tents: A tent is defined as a portable shelter of skins, canvas, plastic or the like, supported by one or more poles or a frame and often secured by ropes fastened to pegs in the ground or other weighted items. Tents must meet National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) standards and must be approved by the South Lake Tahoe Fire Department (SLTFD). All tents must include an affixed manufacturer’s label stating the tent meet NFPA requirements. If a label is not attached, it will be the applicant’s responsibility to produce documentation from the manufacturer that the tent meets this standard prior to its acceptance.
- Temporary Structures Greater than 120 Square Feet: All structures greater than 120 square feet, such as tents and stages, information to determine compliance with building code must be provided. The information should include the following:
 Structural calculation/details; stamped and wet signed by a design professional  Location, purpose, and gross square footage for each structure  Information regarding each structure’s fire rating
For preconstructed structures this may be in the form of a manufacture spec sheet.

Additional information may be required to determine compliance with health and safety requirements depending on the type of structure.

The following requirements are only applicable to the specific event … Signs and Banners: Signs and banners displayed prior to the event for the purpose of advertising the event must be reviewed and approved by city staff prior to display. Signs and banners must follow the City Code governing signs and banners. The primary and most visible information must be event related.
678
Special Event Guidelines

Page 6 of 10 ends

Event Vendors: The event producer is required to obtain a South Lake Tahoe Business and Professions certificate (also referred to as a business license) from the City of South Lake Tahoe. In addition, each event vendor must obtain a Temporary Sellers Permit from the State Board of Equalization. The event producer is required to collect the applicable sales tax due to the City of South Lake Tahoe from each of the vendors, combined with the sales tax due from producer’s event sales that occurred within the City of South Lake Tahoe, to the City’s Finance Department within 90 following the event. All vendor permits must be displayed so provide for inspection by the City of South Lake Tahoe. The applicant shall provide a list of vendors no later than 14-days prior to the event that includes the businesses name, the type of business, their city business license number, and business contact information.

Sale or Handouts of Food and Beverages: Each food vendor (including event producer/applicant) must obtain a food handler safety certification from the El Dorado County Environmental Health Division. Food vendors must comply with the City Code 4.175 Polystyrene and Plastic Food Packaging Regulations, including a ban on single use plastic water bottles. Cooking equipment requires inspection from the Fire Department. The sale or handout of food and beverages requires an event permit from the El Dorado County Health Division. A copy of the event permit from the El Dorado County Environmental Health Division must be provided to the city 14-days prior to event and will be included in the permit conditions of approval.

Alcohol: All sales of beer and liquor during an event require a license from California Alcohol Beverage Control Board. Events with planned sale or handout of alcohol must indicate where the distribution or sale will be located on the Site Plan attached to the application. A copy of the ABC permit must be provided to the city prior to event and will be included in the permit conditions of approval.

Facility Use: The City Parks and Recreation Department has several facilities which may be available to host your event. Facilities include:
- Recreation Complex
- Bijou Park
- Regan Beach West
- Lakeview Commons at El Dorado Beach
Rental of all facilities are subject to the fees establish in the City of South Lake Tahoe Master Fee Schedule.

If the event does not require a special event permit a facility use permit is still required. To check availability and request to reserve one of Parks and Recreations facilities, please email [email protected]
Events at the Community College Recreation Fields: If the event is being proposed to be held at the Lake Tahoe Community College proof of date reservation is required at time of submittal. The Community Play Consortium will issue an approval once the city has issued a permit. Please contact the Community Play Consortium for information about reservations and use of the recreational facilities: https://www.ltcc.edu/campusresources/cpc.php 679
Special Event Guidelines

Page 7 of 10 ends

Additional Requirements for Major Special Event Permits Notification: All residents and businesses within 300 yards of the event venue shall be notified in writing of the event date, planned hours of operation and event content no less than thirty days prior to the event. The notification zone may be extended based on potential impacts to be determined by the Director of Development Services. Notification must include phone numbers for contacts before, during and following the event. The city must approve the content of the written notification and may require proof of its delivery.

Distributed Event Information: The applicant shall provide city staff with copies of the information distributed to the event ticket holders. Information provide to the ticket holders should include modes of transportation, parking, sustainability measures, stewardship, safety, and event activities.

Traffic, Transportation, and Parking Plan: The applicant shall demonstrate adequate traffic, transportation, and parking measures by providing a written explanation and site plan. The documentation shall also include measures and information regarding emergency vehicle access. Traffic impacts must be identified and should minimize disruptions to business and residential traffic flows. All traffic control measures such as barricades, lane divider (bean) poles, and signage should be identified. Note that barricades provided by event organizers must meet Workers’ Compensation Board standards. The times and locations of event activities shall be planned to avoid primary access routes to neighborhoods and businesses. Public transit in the area shall be considered to minimize disruptions to bus routes. The event shall take appropriate measures to reduce parking impacts and overflow into surrounding neighborhoods. The city may require no parking signage to reduce potential traffic impacts in certain areas. The applicant must include consideration of how participants and spectators will travel to the event. The event shall encourage and facilitate alternative transportation methods such as cycling (e.g. bike lockups or valet), carpooling, shuttles and public transit. A schedule and plan for such considerations as vehicle access for set up, delivery of supplies and access for vendors must be provided. Vehicle movement on-site may not be permitted during times when the event is open to the public. The event shall also detail the parking locations for organizers, performers, vendors, spectators and participants.

Disabled Access: Describe and include a site map of how the event will include provisions for access for persons with disabilities in compliance with the Americans with Disabilities Act and California Building Code Chapter 11B for Persons with Disabilities. This is important both for the disabled and the elderly which may have an interest in attending the event. Disabled access includes parking and street access, pathways, washrooms and viewing areas.

Sound Management Plan: All events are subject to the noise standards established by City of South Lake Tahoe and the Tahoe Regional Planning Agency. The applicant is required to provide a schedule of artists and entertainers, anticipated dB levels, and methods for controlling the type and volume of sound produced by the event. The Director of Development Services may limit the hours, volume, or any other aspect of the event to ensure it does not unreasonably impact neighboring residents or businesses. As deemed appropriate by the Director of Development Services, the city may require specified sound monitoring to be conducted by the event manager and/or additional notification requirements.

Safety and Security Plan: The applicant has a responsibility for the behavior and safety of event participants. The safety and security plan shall demonstrate that appropriate security is 680
Special Event Guidelines

Page 8 of 10 ends

in place and designed to protect event participants and the public. Security personnel should be experienced and capable of handling the situations which they may face. The plan shall outline where security will be positioned at all scheduled times of the event and describe the emergency and communication protocols in place. Site design and event management such as ticket sales, vehicle and pedestrian circulation, and appropriate fencing shall be used to help minimize risk of safety and security problems. The plan shall also include details such as appropriate temporary lighting for parking and pedestrian areas to ensure the safety of event participants. Lighting should be directed downward and should not produce off-site lighting impacts.

Sustainability, Waste Management and Edible Food Recovery Plan: City Resolution 2011- 40 requires all city sponsored events to utilize the South Tahoe Refuse Special Event Recycling Quick Kit Program. Events not sponsored by the City but authorized by a Special Event Permit are required to identify effective waste management that will result in minimal impacts to the event facility and surrounding environment. An effective Waste Management Plan goes beyond providing recycling containers on-site and indicating trash and refuse will be collected. The city is located on the shore of Lake Tahoe, which has been designated an Outstanding National Resource Water, a rare and special designation. The city encourages event producers/applicants to maximize diversion and minimize waste. Diversion is maximized via recycling and composting. Food-only can be gathered and brought to a composter by the local waste hauler. The waste hauler does not accept single use foodservice ware labeled “compostable”. Microplastics are being found in Lake Tahoe. Effective waste management also minimizes all single use plastic and encourages paper when possible. City Code Chapter 4.175 describes Polystyrene and Plastic Food Packaging Regulations. This includes a ban on expanded polystyrene (sometimes called Styrofoam) containers provided by vendors. It prevents vendors from providing single use foodservice ware except upon request. It bans single use plastic water bottles (less than one gallon) from being distributed at a city facility or city-affiliated event and all city concessionaires, lessees, licensees, and permittees for facility use, and special events, effective April 22, 2023. This does not apply in cases of emergency, as designated by the City Manager. Additionally, Senate Bill 1383 mandates edible food recovery for large events of over 2000 attendees per day of operation, beginning in 2024. Event organizers must find a recovery organization to donate food to and must document the type and weight of food donated and report to the City’s Sustainability Coordinator, in the Office of the City Manager.

Special Events Using City Resources
Applicants may request any of the city resources listed below; however, request of city resources does not guarantee approval to use requested resources and fees may apply.

Police: The city may require the presence of police to ensure public safety. A safety and security plan will be prepared for all major special event permits. Only Police or others designated by Police have authority to undertake traffic control duties in the City of South Lake Tahoe. Police must be on location where there are road closures. Any event using streets may not begin until the senior police officer on-site ensures that the route is secured, and all required resources are in place.

Fire Department: Fire personnel may be requested or required by the city to ensure public safety. Most requirements of the Fire Department will be undertaken during the approval 681
Special Event Guidelines

Page 9 of 10 ends

process and through any required inspections of the site setup. In some cases, Fire Department services may be requested, for example, to provide hydrant hookups or fire boat presence.

For more information regarding Fire Department requirements please visit the South Lake Tahoe Fire Rescue page: https://www.cityofslt.us/384/Fire Traffic Control: The City’s Public Works Department may be able to rent out traffic control equipment such as barricades, lane divider (bean) poles, and signage to ensure traffic control needs are met and the safety of participants and the public is ensured. Summarize the specific requests for supporting traffic, transportation, and parking. Note: Most traffic control request will be contracted, and the applicant will be subject to the fees incurred by the city. Requests that can be accommodated by city staff and equipment are subject to the fees established by the City of South Lake Tahoe Master Fee Schedule.

Access to Power or Water: The City of South Lake Tahoe may be able to provide access to water, or power at some sites. Describe how much power is required and how it is intended to be distributed.

EVENT EXPECTATIONS
Conditionals of Approval
All special event permits, major or minor, will include conditions of approval that are specific to the event.

Insurance
The following is provided as guidance to event planners and promoters. The city assumes no liability or risk in offering the following guidance regarding events and encourages all event promoters/applicants to seek legal advice regarding the type and amount of insurance necessary to fully protect the event promoters/applicants. Managing risk of damage to property and injury to persons is an important part of planning an event. Identify any elements of risk associated with the event and ensure they are addressed before the event begins. Permission will not be granted to hold an event until proof of satisfactory insurance has been received and approved by the City’s Risk Management staff and/ or the City Attorney’s Office. All information required in the application must be completed and returned before a permit will be issued. In most cases, the city shall be named as additionally insured and indemnified against claims against the event. Waivers signed by event participants are recommended for events on private property and required for events on property owned by the city as a means of letting them know that there is some risk involved in participating in the event. This may reduce liability should a mishap occur. Event promoters/applicants are encouraged to obtain legal advice before deciding the type and level of insurance necessary for their event.

Compliance
The city retains the right to cancel the event up to and including the day of the event, or at any time during the event in an emergency or if the applicant does not adhere to the special event 682
Special Event Guidelines

Page 10 of 10 ends

guidelines or any other related permit conditions. Organizers must designate a named on-site liaison person with authority to ensure compliance with permit conditions or stop the event, if necessary, at any time.

Enforcement of all Special Event Permits is subject to City Code Section 6.55.070. 683
Special Event Application Page 1 of 8

CITY OF SOUTH LAKE TAHOE
Development Services Department, Planning Division
1052 Tata Lane, South Lake Tahoe CA 96150
Phone (530) 542-6010 • Fax (530) 541-7524
Web address: www.cityofslt.us/

SPECIAL EVENT APPLICATION

GENERAL EVENT INFORMATION
Name of Event: __________________________________________________________________ Date and Time of Event: ___________________________________________________________ Location/Address: ________________________________________________________________ Assessor Parcel Number (APN): (If known) ______________________________________________ Special Event Elements Requiring a Permit
Please select all applicable elements of the proposed special event that prompt the permit requirement. If one or more boxes in the major category is checked, a major special event permit is required. Please note the Director of Development Services has the discretion to require a major special event permit for any event.

Minor Major
□ Off-site parking □ Road closure or detour
□ Private security □ Use of city resources
□ Temporary structures □ Potential for more than 500 individuals □ Amplified sound □ Conducted over a period of four or more □ Ground disturbance consecutive days
□ Activities between 10:00 p.m. & 8:00 a.m.

APPLICANT INFORMATION
The applicant(s) will be considered the primary point(s) for correspondence and contact from the City unless otherwise requested in writing.

Name: ____________________________________________ Phone #:_____________________ Mailing Address: _________________________________________________________________ City: ______________________________________State: _____ Zip Code: __________________ Email Address: __________________________________________________________________

PROPERTY OWNER INFORMATION
Property owner(s) same as above: _______
(Skip this section if same as above)
Name: ____________________________________________ Phone #:_____________________ Mailing Address: _________________________________________________________________ City: ______________________________________State: _____ Zip Code: __________________ Email Address: __________________________________________________________________ 684
Special Event Application Page 2 of 8
Development Services Department, Planning Division

APPLICATION SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS & ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
Your application will be deemed incomplete if any of the following required items are not submitted with this application packet. Incomplete applications will not be processed. Some applications may require additional information or a major activity permit at the discretion of the Development Services Director. □ Completed Special Event Application including:
- Applicant and Property Owner signatures
- All pages of the application included in the information checklist - Any supplemental materials requested/required in the information checklist □ Application Fee
Application materials may be submitted to the Development Services Department via email ([email protected]), mail (Attn: Planning Department), or in person during Permit Center public hours (1052 Tata Lane, South Lake Tahoe, CA 96150).

I hereby declare under penalty of perjury that this application and all information submitted as part of this application are true and accurate to the best of my knowledge. I am the owner of the subject property or have been authorized in writing by the owner(s) of the subject property to represent this application, and I have obtained authorization to submit this application from any other necessary parties holding an interest in the subject property. I understand it is my obligation to obtain such authorization, and I further understand that the city accepts no responsibility for informing these parties or obtaining their authorization.

I understand that I am responsible for all fees set forth in the City of South Lake Tahoe Master Fee Schedule associated with this application.

Applicant(s) Signature(s): __________________________________________ Date: _________________ Property Owner(s) Signature(s): ____________________________________ Date: __________________ For Staff Use
□ Major Permit □ Minor Permit □ City Resource Required
Amount Paid: ______________ Date: ________________ Project File No.: _________________ Application Continues on Page 3
685
Special Event Application Page 3 of 8
Development Services Department, Planning Division

SPECIAL EVENT APPLICATION

INFORMATION CHECKLIST

ALL SPECIAL EVENT PERMITS
(Checklist Section 1)
Description of Event
See Special Event Guidelines Page 4
Event Schedule
See Special Event Guidelines Page 4
Date Start Time End Time Total Duration
Setup
Event
Tear-down
&
Clean up
Is amplified sound
proposed?
□ No
□ Yes, type/genre of amplified sound: _______________________________ Day of Event On-Site Contact Person
See Special Event Guidelines Page 4
Name: ________________________________________ Position: _________________________________ Phone Number: _________________________________
Day of Event Staffing
See Special Event Guidelines Page 4
Organizers □ None □ Yes, __________ # of individuals
Parking Attendants □ None □ Yes, __________ # of individuals Security □ None □ Yes, __________ # of individuals
First Aid/Medical □ None □ Yes, __________ # of individuals General Event Volunteers □ None □ Yes, __________ # of individuals Other: ________________________ □ None □ Yes, __________ # of individuals 686
Special Event Application Page 4 of 8
Development Services Department, Planning Division
Attendance
See Special Event Guidelines Page 4
Maximum number of individuals to attend: ________________ Are tickets being sold? □ No □ Yes
If yes, please provide information regarding ticket sales as established in the special event guidelines:
________________________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________________ Site Plan
See Special Event Guidelines Page 4 & 5
Provide a site plan/map of the event. The site plan must be drawn to scale and include the date it was prepared.

Identified N/A
Structures
□ □ Structures/tents/vendors (labeled with purpose, i.e., stage, food truck, shade, bar, first aid) NOTE: Additional documentation is required for temporary structures over 120 square feet, see Special Event Guidelines for details □ □ Restrooms/wash stations including total number provided (consistent with standards established in the special event guidelines)
□ □ Trashcans and recycle bins including type
□ □ Water bottle refill stations and water holding tanks Pedestrian & Vehicle Circulation/Accessibility
□ □ Vehicle entrance, exits, and overall traffic flow (please include any information regarding traffic control measures such as no parking signs or location of parking attendants)
□ □ Overall circulation plan including entrance/exit paths and signage □ □ Details for other modes of transportation event organizers will encourage such as drop off locations, public transportation, bicycle parking, or walking paths
□ □ Identify ADA accessibility
Safety and Security
□ □ Identify emergency vehicle access roadways with egress locations □ □ No smoking signs
□ □ Fencing and gates including type of fencing, elevations/details, and securement methods
□ □ Location of fire hydrants and fire extinguishers (2A:10-B-C); one (1) fire extinguisher per tent and one (1) for every 1,000 square feet of event area □
Attached
687
Special Event Application Page 5 of 8
Development Services Department, Planning Division
Site Plan (Continued)
Event Power Supply
□ □ Location and types of generators
□ □ Sound systems
□ □ Electrical setup including but not limited to cable paths with protection and spider boxes
Sign and Banners
See Special Event Guidelines Page 5
Provide signs and banners to be displayed prior to the event for the purpose of advertising the event for review and approved by city staff prior to display. The primary and most visible information must be event related.
□
Attached
□
N/A
Event Vendors
See Special Event Guidelines Page 6
Applicants City of South Lake Tahoe Business License Number: __________________________ The applicant shall provide a list of vendors no later than 14-days prior to the event that includes the businesses name, the type of business, their city business license number, and business contact information.
□
N/A
Sale or Handout of Food & Beverage
See Special Event Guidelines Page 6
A permit from El Dorado County Environmental Health Division is required for the sale or handout of food and/or beverages. A copy of the permit must be provided to the city 14-days prior to event.

The following is a link to additional information regarding county requirements/applications:
https://www.edcgov.us/Government/emd/environmentalhealth/Pages/temporary_food_facilities.aspx □
N/A
Alcohol Sales
See Special Event Guidelines Page 6
A permit from California Department of Alcoholic Beverage Control is required for the sale of alcohol. A copy of the permit must be provided to the city 14-days prior to event.

The following is a link to additional information regarding ABC Temporary Event Permits:
https://www.abc.ca.gov/licensing/license-forms/event-authorization/ □
N/A
688
Special Event Application Page 6 of 8
Development Services Department, Planning Division
Facility Use
See Special Event Guidelines Page 6
Please indicate if you would like to request any of the following city facilities for the event. A request does not guarantee approval to use a requested city facility. Approval will be subject to fees established in the City of South Lake Tahoe Master Fee Schedule.  Recreation Complex  Regan Beach West
 Bijou Park  Lakeview Commons at El Dorado Beach
□
N/A
Events at the Community College Recreation Fields
See Special Event Guidelines Page 6
If the event is being proposed to be held at the Lake Tahoe Community College Recreational Facilities, proof of date reservation is required.

The following is a link to information about reservations and use of the recreational facilities:
https://www.ltcc.edu/campusresources/cpc.php
□
Attached
□
N/A

MAJOR SPECIAL EVENT PERMITS
(Checklist Section 2)
Notification
See Special Event Guidelines Page 7
All residents and businesses within 300 yards of the event venue shall be notified in writing of the event no less than 30 days prior to the event occurrence. Prior to notification the city must approve the content of the written notification.

Attached a draft neighbor notification letter including the following:
- Event date and planned hours of operation (including sound testing) - Description identifying what will be occurring at the event - Phone numbers for contacts before, during and following the event □
Attached
Distributed Event Information
See Special Event Guidelines Page 7
The applicant shall provide city staff with copies of the information distributed to the event ticket holders. Information provide to the ticket holders should include modes of transportation, parking, sustainability measures, stewardship, safety, and event activities. □
Attached
689
Special Event Application Page 7 of 8
Development Services Department, Planning Division
Traffic, Transportation, and Parking Plan
See Special Event Guidelines Page 7
The applicant shall demonstrate adequate traffic, transportation, and parking measure by providing a written explanation and site plan. The documentation shall also include measures and information regarding emergency vehicle access. The plan should include the following information:
 Identify traffic impacts and actions taken to minimize disruptions to business and residential traffic flows
 Identify traffic control measures such as barricades, lane divider (bean) poles, and signage  Identify the times and locations of event activities and explain how the event will be planned to avoid primary access routes to neighborhoods and businesses  Identify public transit in the area and potential disruptions to bus routes  Identify measures taken to reduce parking impacts and overflow into surrounding neighborhoods
 Include consideration of how participants and spectators will travel to the event. Identify how the event shall encourage and facilitate alternative transportation methods such as cycling (e.g., bike lockups), carpooling and public transit.
 Provide a schedule and plan for such considerations as vehicle access for set up, delivery of supplies and access for vendors must be provided
 Identify parking locations for organizers, performers, vendors, spectators, and participants □
Attached
Plan for Disabled Access
See Special Event Guidelines Page 7
Describe and include a site map detailing how the event will include provisions for access for persons with disabilities. This includes parking and street access, pathways, washrooms and viewing areas.
□
Attached
Sound Management Plan
See Special Event Guidelines Page 7
Provide a schedule of artists and entertainers, anticipated dB levels, and methods for monitoring and controlling the type and volume of sound produced by the event. □
Attached
Safety and Security Plan
See Special Event Guidelines Page 7 & 8
The applicant has a responsibility for the behavior and safety of event participants. The safety and security plan shall demonstrate that appropriate security is in place and designed to avoid risk of unintended police callouts. Security personnel should be experienced and capable of handling the situations which they may face. The plan shall outline where security will be positioned at all scheduled times of the event and the emergency and communication protocols in place. Site design and event management such as ticket sales, vehicle and pedestrian circulation, and appropriate fencing shall be used to help minimize risk of security problems. The plan shall also include details such as appropriate temporary lighting for parking and pedestrian areas to ensure the safety of event participants.
□
Attached
690
Special Event Application Page 8 of 8
Development Services Department, Planning Division
Sustainability and Waste Management
See Special Event Guidelines Page 8
The applicant shall provide waste management plan demonstrating that the event will result in minimal impacts to the event facility and surrounding environment. The city encourages event producers/applicants to strive to maximize diversion and minimize waste. Diversion is maximized via recycling and composting. Food-only can be gathered and brought to a composter by the local waste hauler. The waste hauler does not accept single use foodservice ware labeled “compostable”.

Effective waste management also minimizes all single use plastic and encourages paper when possible. City Code Chapter 4.175 describes Polystyrene and Plastic Food Packaging Regulations.

This includes a ban on expanded polystyrene (sometimes called Styrofoam) containers provided by vendors. It prevents vendors from providing single use foodservice ware except upon request. It bans single use plastic water bottles (less than one gallon) from being distributed at a city facility or city affiliated event and all city concessionaires, lessees, licensees, and permittees for facility use, and special events.

Senate Bill 1383 mandates edible food recovery for large events of over 2000 attendees per day of operation, beginning in 2024. Event organizers must find a recovery organization to donate food to and must document the type and weight of food donated.
□
Attached

SPECIAL EVENTS USING CITY RESOURCES
(Checklist Section 3)
See Special Event Guidelines Page 8 & 9
Please indicate if you would like to request any of the following city resources for the event. A request does not guarantee approval to use a requested city resource. Approval of city resources will be subject to fees established in the City of South Lake Tahoe Master Fee Schedule.

Police □ No □ Yes, detailed request attached
Fire Department □ No □ Yes, detailed request attached
Traffic Control □ No □ Yes, detailed request attached
Access to Water or Power □ No □ Yes, detailed request attached APPLICANT’S ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF SPECIAL EVENT GUIDELINES AND CSLT CITY CODE SECTION 6.55.230
I confirm that I have reviewed the Special Event Guidelines and CSLT City Code § 6.55.230 and have submitted all the required materials on this checklist. I acknowledge that failure to comply with these requirements my result in my application not being accepted.

Applicant(s) Name: ____________________________________________ Applicant(s) Signature(s): __________________________________________ Date: ________________ 691
City of South Lake Tahoe
Agenda Item Executive Summary
Joe Irvin, City Manager
Meeting Date: March 14, 2023
Agenda Item #: 24
Agenda Item: 2023-2028 Strategic Plan Adoption
Executive Summary: The City Council will receive a presentation and overview from the City Manager on the 2023-2028 Strategic Plan, which is being presented to the City Council for adoption.

Requested Action / Suggested Motions: Pass a Motion adopting the 2023-2028 Strategic Plan.

Responsible Staff Member: Joseph Irvin, City Manager
Responsible Staff Member: Joseph D. Irvin, City Manager (530) 542-6043 Reviewed and Approved By:

Susan Blankenship, City Clerk
Olga Tikhomirova, Director of Finance
Heather Stroud, City Attorney
Attachments:
01-Staff Report - 2023-2028 Strategic Plan.docx
02-Priority 1 - Built Environment.docx
03-Priority 2 - Recreation and Equitable Access.docx
04-Priority 3 - Community for All.docx
05-Priority 4 - Economic Development.docx
06-Priority 5 - Core Services and High Performing Government.docx 07-Final Strategic Priorities Workplan _ 3-14-2023.pdf
692
Council Agenda Report- March 14, 2023 Page 1 of 2
City of South Lake Tahoe
Report to City Council
Meeting Date: March 14, 2023
Title: 2023-2028 Strategic Plan Adoption
Location: Citywide
Responsible Staff Member: Joseph D. Irvin, City Manager (530) 542-6043

Background: The City Council held a “Strategic Planning Retreat” on January 31, 2023, facilitated by City Manager Irvin to discuss and validate the Strategic Plan Priorities, Goals and Action Items to be included in the 2023-2028 Strategic Plan (Attached “clean version” to this Staff Report). City Council received insight from the City Manager and Senior Management Team and provided direction to finalize 2023-2028 Strategic Plan.

The Strategic Priorities are:
 Built Environment
 Recreation and Equitable Access
 Community for All
 Economic Development
 Core Services and High Performing Government
Staff has also attached the Strategic Priorities Workplan for City Council which is meant to guide staff work plans and will be evaluated during Strategic Plan updates annually.

Issue and Discussion: The city adopted the 2021-2026 Strategic Plan on March 2, 2021, which has directed the work plan for city staff during the last two-years. Since its adoption City Council has received bi-annual progress and performance updates related to the implementation of the plan. These updates have informed City Council on action item progress, updates, and needs. Needs presented to City Council have included more financial resources, information/time and/or City Council direction, and people and/or staff reorganization. Additionally, staff presented completed items to City Council. It is important to note that many public policy action items evolve as more analysis is conducted and social, economic and community environments shift. It is suggested that City Council conduct a strategic plan update every two-years to evaluate the relevance of the City’s priorities.

In order to initiate this evaluation, the City’s Senior Management Team (SMT) held a retreat on November 29, 2022 to develop proposals for the City Council to consider at their January 31, 2023 retreat. During the strategic planning retreat, staff captured all of City Council’s feedback and has included it into the attached 2023-2028 Strategic Plan. The feedback included additions and edits to the action items, goal statements and a change to Priority 5 from “Continuous Improvement” to “Core Services and High Performing Government.” The change to Priority 5 was presented to City Council to emphasize and memorialize the importance of the City prioritizing core services, which is why the City was established.
693
Council Agenda Report- March 14, 2023 Page 2 of 2
The actions items will be discussed on a regular basis and staff will provide City Council with biannual updates, therefore allowing the City to adapt as conditions change. The City Council will need to consider staffing allocations and budget appropriations on an annual basis starting in Fiscal Year 2023-24 and continuing through fiscal year 2027-28 to implement the Strategic Plan.

Financial Implications: The costs to develop the 2023-2028 Strategic Plan has required staff time. While there will be a costs to implement the Strategic Plan Priorities and Actions Items, those fiscal impacts will be provided to Council for approval on an annual basis and as needed. It is considered a best practice and necessary component of strategic planning implementation to review annual progress and performance, while validating the existing strategic priorities and actions. It is anticipated that the City Council will conduct an annual review of the strategic initiatives and actions prior to the annual budget development process starting in 2023.

Environmental Considerations: The discussion in this report is not a project under CEQA, because it does not involve any commitment to a specific project which may result in a potentially significant physical impact on the
environment, as contemplated by Title 14, California Code of Regulations, Sections 15378(b)(2) and 15378(b)(4) and is, therefore, not subject to CEQA pursuant to CEQA Guidelines Section 15060(c)(3).

Policy Implications: The city will need to ensure that the Strategic Priorities and Actions reflect and are compatible with the City’s General Plan and the Capital Improvement Plan.

The General Plan acts as the "constitution" for making rational decisions regarding a city's longterm physical development. The general plan expresses the community's development goals and incorporates public policies relative to the distribution of future public and private land uses.

California State law requires that each city adopt a general plan "for the physical development of the city and any land outside its boundaries which bears relation to its planning." Typically, a general plan is designed to address the issues facing the City for the next 15-20 years.

The Capital Improvement Program addresses the City’s needs relating to the acquisition, expansion, rehabilitation, and replacement of long-lived assets. The CIP serves as a planning instrument to identify needed capital projects and coordinate the financing and timing of improvements in a way that maximizes the return to the public. It provides a planned and programmed approach to utilizing the City’s financial resources in the most responsive and efficient manner to meet its service and facility needs. It serves as a “blueprint” for the future of the community and is a dynamic tool, not a static document. A critical element of a balanced CIP is the establishment of funds to both preserve or enhance existing assets and provide new assets to respond to changing service needs and community evolution. 694
1 | P a g e
Priority 1- Built Environment
Meet the needs of residents, businesses, and the environment by investing in redevelopment that creates local hubs that promote use of alternative transportation and supports economic prosperity. Incentivize the growth of local serving and remote commercial businesses by providing high speed internet and a world-class urban environment. Minimize the impact our built environment has on Lake Tahoe including stormwater pollution, litter, and wildfire threats. Achieve carbon-neutrality as a community and work to become resilient against known climate impacts.

1.1 Broadband For All
Expand broadband services in the community via high-speed internet to serve the needs of local businesses, residents, and attract remote workers to the Region. Develop a broadband infrastructure deployment plan that identifies fiber hubs, last mile transit, relay points, and redundancy. The city should explore innovative broadband models (ex: community co-op and public private partnerships) and funding opportunities to implement projects. The city will ensure access (broadband and devices) to underserved communities.

Action Items

1. Complete NeoConnect contract to expand broadband infrastructure, to connect to regional broadband infrastructure, to secure funding to assist in the implementation of broadband infrastructure and to update the City’s “dig once” policy.

1.2 Mid-Town Revitalization
Leverage the adopted 56-acre master plan and existing infrastructure at Lakeview Commons and Harrison Avenue to further transform mid-town into a recreation, arts, and community hub. This will include a new recreation and swim complex, updated Bijou/Al Tahoe Area Plan that includes housing, transportation improvements, arts district, Bijou Master Plan and potentially a new city hall and fire and/or police station, which is connected to areas throughout the Tahoe Region by a multi-modal transportation network.

Action Items

1. Complete the new Recreation and Swim Complex and in the meantime, maintain the current complex for resident use.

2. Complete the Bijou/Al Tahoe Area (Mid-Town) Plan update. The area plan shall incorporate Bijou Community Park, Bijou Golf Course, and the Sierra Tract Commercial plan area including a plan to create and designate an arts district within the area plan.

1.3 Housing
Develop a robust set of housing programs to address the spectrum of housing needs. Ensure housing is available for people in all economic, physical, social, and employment circumstances and contributes to a balanced and equitable community.

Action Items

1. Pro-actively work with current affordable housing developers and partner agencies to implement Sugar Pine Village project.

2. Pro-actively work with an affordable housing developer and partner agencies to develop affordable and/or workforce housing at 3900 Lake Tahoe Blvd.

3. Continue to collaborate with the Saint Joseph Land Trust and other organizations to increase capacity to address housing needs.

4. Establish a local discretionary funding source to leverage access to and increase competitiveness for outside funds, and implement Council direction to conduct outreach to analyze vacancy tax and transient occupancy tax funding sources.

5. Evaluate Multi-Family Inspection, Single- Room Occupancy, and Housing Hotline programs to optimize efforts to improve rental housing stock conditions.
695
2 | P a g e

6. Continue to work with the Tahoe Coalition for the Homeless to rehabilitate properties purchased through Project HomeKey.

7. Identify and secure funding to develop a multi-family residential rehabilitation program.

8. Analyze and develop positions on agency regulations that impact the City's ability to develop affordable housing; such as TAUs for VHRs, height, density, ADU rules (Bonus Unit), affordable by design codes and sewer units.

9. Investigate the development of a regulatory framework for developing an "Employee Housing Bill of Rights Program," which includes best practices where housing is tied to the employer and which supports seasonal workers.

10. Investigate feasibility of programs for affordable rents including rent stabilization and assistance.

1.4 Transportation
Invest City resources into the transportation system including street rehabilitation, transit, and trails. Work with local partners to develop a funding mechanism and operating structure for local transit and microtransit operators. Electrification and resiliency of the transportation system is a top priority. Develop tools and incentives to reduce travel by private auto to and from the Basin, with possible policies to include private development improvements, paid parking options and enhanced enforcement.

Action Items

1. Evaluate the option to develop a local revenue source (i.e., TBID, a Basin entry fee, paid parking, overnight parking fees at hotels and enhanced enforcement) to support transportation projects.

2. Prioritize the implementation of trail and complete street projects including continued progress of the Greenway to Van Sickle Bi-State Park.

3. Evaluation of city-wide parking management strategies, including potential expansion of paid parking, reduction of parking requirements, residential parking permits and transit promotion.

4. Continue to partner with South Shore Transportation Management Association, Tahoe Transportation District, Tahoe Regional Planning Agency, and other partners to identify new and existing funding sources to expand and electrify micro-transit service from its initial footprint to the entire city limits, as based on the 2022 South Shore Transportation Analysis.

5. Building upon the US50 safety project, develop a Corridor Plan for Highway 50 from the “Y” to “Stateline,” including major connecting arterials while identifying options to prioritize alternative modes of transportation, such as dedicated bus lanes, bike and pedestrian enhancements and city-wide gondola.

6. Evaluate the feasibility of transit system run by the City and the possibility of the City becoming the recipient of TDA monies.

1.5 Carbon Neutrality and Grid Reliability
Implement a variety of projects to reach the City’s 100% renewable energy and Climate Action Plan goals, eventually achieving carbon neutrality. Initiatives include but are not limited to power city facilities and fleet with renewable energy. Support community wide deployment of solar, and pursue opportunities for electrification, including transitioning fleet vehicles to electric and building robust EV charging infrastructure by 2025.

Action Items

1. Continue to support the position of a CivicSpark Fellow to facilitate the implementation of the City Climate Action Plan in coordination with community partners.

2. Work with community partners to achieve 50% local, renewable energy for all entities and install a robust fleet and public EV charging network, by 2025.

3. Evaluate the feasibility and cost implications of creating a municipal owned utility in order to reduce carbon emissions and improve grid reliability.

4. Work with Liberty Utilities to prepare an MOU agreeable to both the City and Liberty Utilities, which guides energy procurement and operation standards for South Lake Tahoe. 696
1 | P a g e
Priority 2- Recreation and Equitable Access
Elevate the recreation experience provided by the city to attract visitors and residents. Promote equitable access to recreation to underserved communities and people with disabilities. Leverage city recreation assets and the 56-acre development to provide outdoor and organized recreation activities. Use recreation as an economic development tool to attract outdoor based companies and businesses, sporting and outdoor events, and conventions and trade shows to become the Outdoor Capitol of the World.

2.1 Parks and Recreation Master Planning
Enhance the quality and quantity of Parks and Recreation opportunities for residents and visitors while prioritizing the construction of parks, recreation facilities and trails to support and maximize the highest community benefit that provides access for all.

Action Items

1. Plan for and execute the recreation program strategy based on the existing Parks and Recreation Master Plan recommendations for program development.

2. Implement the Regan Beach Master Plan improvements with available funding as it becomes available and prioritize ongoing improvements to maintain the asset.

3. Update and incorporate the Master Plan for Bijou Park as part of the scope of work in the Bijou/Al Tahoe (Mid-Town) area plan update. The update shall include the Bijou Golf Course to explore alternative uses to reach the highest community and environmental benefit and skate park needs for future development.

2.2 Equitable Access
Promote equitable access to recreation for underserved, under resourced populations and people with disabilities by implementing recreation programs for inclusion. Support active and healthy lifestyles and strive to develop parks in every neighborhood.

Action Items

1. Create low to no cost recreation programs and access to recreation gear for qualified families to engage in outdoor recreation and education.

2. Evaluate the option to develop a park or community garden in every neighborhood.

3. Evaluate opportunities to expand collaborative partnerships to promote health and wellness, combat childhood obesity, and encourage active lifestyles.

2.3 Connectivity
Enhance the connectivity of the community for those on foot and bike, while promoting a car free culture.

Support the expanding trail infrastructure with updated wayfinding, public bike repair stations, charging stations, bike racks, and winter snow removal. Continue to prioritize the expansion of connector bicycle and walking trails, from neighborhoods to the Greenway and other new and existing trail systems.

Action Items

1. Develop a comprehensive way-finding signage plan and update City signage as needed.

2. Develop a plan to determine appropriate locations for bike repair stations, charging stations and bike racks and determine funding to support the installation of such infrastructure.

3. Develop a communications strategy to promote biking as a way of life in the South Lake Tahoe community.

4. Explore regulatory options for public access and easements to beaches below the highwater mark and clarify rules with the State Lands Commission.
697
1 | P a g e
Priority 3- Community for All
Develop a greater sense of community and connection by investing in community services, resources, gathering areas, events, and dialogue. Give a voice to all community members to ensure the diversity of the community is represented in city decision-making. Be a community leader to drive dialogue and resolution to contentious community issues. Diversity is critical in that the greater sum of many voices to one shared goal gives each voice a stake in a positive outcome.

3.1 Mental Health and Homelessness
Be a community with resources available to assist those suffering from mental health issues, substance use disorders, and/or experiencing homelessness. Work with community partners to bring awareness to the Coordinated Entry System and HMIS (Homeless Management Information System) through the El Dorado County Continuum of Care (EDC COC) which coordinates services for persons experiencing homelessness. Work with local organizations to echo the City’s culture on personal and environmental wellness by providing innovative processes (like the STACS program) to provide long-term stabilizations and housing solutions.

Action Items

1. Continue to work with El Dorado County to bring more mental health services to South Lake Tahoe and fully implement STACS (South Tahoe Alternative Collaborative Services).

2. Explore uses of opioid settlement money for those experiencing substance use disorders.

3. Work with local partners to support permanent supportive housing/transitional and emergency homeless shelter resources in the city.

3.2 Inclusion and Diversity
As City leaders, our goal is to support equity and inclusion throughout the organization. This includes hiring practices and educating all current and incoming city employees on equity, inclusion, and unconscious bias in all we do.

Action Items

1. Continue to incorporate equity and inclusion best practices into our recruitment practices.

2. Provide equity, inclusion, and unconscious bias training for all City employees.

3. Continue to support the foster engagement opportunities to support and continue to cultivate our relationship with Ameca, MX and Latinx community members.

4. Continue to evaluate new and innovative translation and participation services to increase accessibility and engagement, including remote participation options for boards and commissions.

5. Work with ACT Commission to develop a "racial equity statement" that supports pursuit of grant funding.

3.3 Arts and Culture Program
Invest in arts and culture and create a sustainable stream of funding for public art including murals and sculptures and cultural events and encourage the support for year-round live music venues.

Action Items

1. Continue to support the newly established Arts, Culture and Tourism Commission to identify funding that supports art programs throughout our city.

3.4 Waste Management and Stewardship
Develop a culture of stewardship and care taking by residents and visitors and coordinate with regional partners to reduce the amount of litter impacting the environment. Reduce the source of litter by increasing availability of trash cans in public, banning single use plastics, installing water bottle filling stations, and bear boxes in the community. Reduce the amount of waste reaching the landfill through recycling and other programs.
698
2 | P a g e
Action Items

1. Conduct effective outreach to, and enforcement of, the business community regarding changes to the single-use plastics and styrofoam ordinance, and work to deploy water bottle refill stations.

2. Include "bear proof" trash containers in Franchise Agreement update with STR.

3. Work with STR to evaluate implementation of residential food waste programs. 699
1 | P a g e
Priority 4- Economic Development
Support the South Lake Tahoe community on the implementation of a “Green Jobs Initiative.” Develop a strategy to attract and retain companies and workers that live in Tahoe. Create a future where our kids can live and work in Tahoe as adults and build the necessary infrastructure and provide incentives to achieve the strategy. Support and incubate a local culture of entrepreneurship and craft where knowledge workers and the creative class can thrive. Invest in creating a higher quality, regenerative tourism industry that mitigates negative impacts.

4.1 Economic Diversification Strategy
Develop an economic development strategy that supports the city in the implementation of a strong, resilient, and diverse economy. The strategy should focus on a regenerative tourism industry, while expanding health and wellness, sustainable outdoor recreation, environmental innovation clusters, and resident retention and workforce development opportunities.

Action Items

1. Create a summary of vacant/underutilized properties in the Lakeview to Lakeside and “Y” areas (including sf, zoning, and property ownership) and develop a priority list to work with property owners on redevelopment opportunities.

2. Evaluate available methods and tools which support a City of South Lake Tahoe economic development function to identify, recruit, and retain businesses that includes marketing needs, program development and amenities that help to reimagine the quality of life for residents, businesses, and visitors.

3. Complete an update to the City’s Economic Development Chapter of the General Plan that is inclusive and supports the City’s Economic Development Core Values.

4. Work with partner agencies, chamber of commerce entities and businesses to ensure economic stability and continuity of services and business operations; particularly during disasters and unforeseen events.

5. Investigate options for capping number of chain retail/food and beverage businesses, similar to other cities.

6. Explore a focused pedestrian oriented sustainable tourism destination in SLT called the "Lake District," from Lakeview to Lakeside.

4.2 Support Development of a Regenerative Tourism Model Work with our local tourism partners to reimagine and develop a regenerative tourism industry that reframes tourism to give back to the community and lake while transforming and contributing to a better quality of life for all. Develop better management tools and resources to reduce negative impacts such as traffic, crowding, litter, increased wildfire risk and lake degradation.

Action Items

1. Identify what resources are necessary to create a transit and mobility hub at the “Y” with the intent to increase walkability, multi-modal travel including but not limited to gondola and bus travel, while decreasing vehicle trips.

2. Prioritize the development of the “Hole in the Ground” site as a way of supporting and attracting visitors to the Stateline core.

3. Capitalize on grant funding and development projects to enhance city infrastructure projects that improve the quality of life, recreational experience and climate resiliency for residents and visitors.

4. Continue to work with the Destination Stewardship planning efforts to effectively manage negative impacts related to traffic, crowding, litter, increased wildfire risks and lake degradation.

4.3 Resident Retention and Workforce Development
Identify ways to support workforce development programs, and the development of a talented and flexible workforce.
700
2 | P a g e
Action Items

1. Evaluate opportunities and the feasibility to provide scholarships/grants and paid internships/apprenticeships for the local workforce.

2. Evaluate and develop career pipelines to the city with incentives for hiring local.

3. Work with regional economic development partners to implement sustainable green industry jobs which capitalize on local resources and people.

4. Implement the City’s Classification and Compensation study. 701
1 | P a g e
Priority 5- Core Services and High
Performing Government
Improve city government capacity, customer service, and efficiency through continuous improvement initiatives. Deliver high quality services to the community including public safety, snow removal operations, fiscal sustainability, well maintained public infrastructure, and excellent parks and recreation services, while keeping core services at the forefront of everything we do. Utilize modern technology to do more with less and to stay relevant with community expectations. Create a culture of leadership, empathy, and empower employees to have a yes-first attitude.

5.1 Public Safety
Ensure substantial investment in public safety by investing in police, fire and snow removal operations and equipment needs and develop engagement opportunities for residents to participate in meaningful dialogue with first responders to improve community trust.

Action Items

1. Ensure police, fire, snow removal operations receive adequate funding to provide exceptional service to our community.

2. Continue to modernize our wildfire preparedness and emergency evacuation plan in coordination with neighboring jurisdictions.

3. Continue to support the Community Police Advisory Board.

4. Continue monthly “Meet with the Mayor” events (and other outreach/training events) with the public to discuss relevant public safety issues and/or concerns and establish long term positive relationships with all segments of the community.

5. Develop Gun Violence Restraining Order program in coordination with El Dorado County Superior Court.

6. Build out the Fire Prevention Bureau to include defensible space and commercial building inspections.

7. Build out parking enforcement program to manage high visitor areas.

8. Revisit snow removal policies, capital equipment upgrades and enforcement needs.

5.2 Digital Government
Utilize modern technology to do more work digitally in order to improve efficiency and access to services.

Invest heavily in digital permitting and GIS technology.

Action Items

1. Upgrade the CommunityPLUS permit tracking software to provide robust opportunities to increase workflow efficiencies and provide customer access to real time status and permit information.

2. Implement the IT Strategic Plan to ensure the city utilizes state of the art technology and ensure such technology is updated appropriately.

3. Update or revamp City website, including mobile-friendliness.

5.3 Infrastructure and Maintenance
Ensure our city has sustainable funding sources to properly maintain infrastructure including roads, snow removal, facilities, recreation sites and trails. Actively seek funds to develop sustainable infrastructure projects based on a prioritized capital improvement project list.

Action Items

1. Define maintenance needs by Asset Class, and match to appropriate funding sources.

2. Develop Sustainable Capital Improvement Infrastructure Projects.

5.4 Local Control
Explore ways to develop more local control for the city and residents to make decisions about the community.
702
2 | P a g e
Action Items

1. Revisit whether City should pursue charter city status.

2. Analyze desirability and feasibility of annexation of certain unincorporated areas of El Dorado County into the City.

3. Develop strategies to improve the way the City coordinates, presents and advocates City Council policy positions with Basin entities, including but not limited to (Caltrans, TTD, SSTMA, TRPA, El Dorado County, LTCC and local non-profits), and other state and federal agencies and representatives.

4. Develop a strategy to create a youth-friendly community focused on developing the next generation of leaders.

5.5 Fiscal Sustainability, Resiliency and Transparency
Ensure wise stewardship/oversight of public resources to maintain long-term financial viability. • Several recessions and economic downturns in the past two decades have taught us that sustainability is necessary to ensure the ongoing financial health of the City. • To achieve sustainability, the financial structure needs to be balanced and adaptable. • Adaptability is a key to resiliency to ensure resistance to external shocks and challenges from outside forces, such as natural disasters and economic downturns one shared goal gives each voice a stake in a positive outcome.

Action Items

1. Seek new and diverse revenue streams, partnerships, and grant opportunities.

2. Address pension liabilities and make a commitment from future available revenue streams to pay pension liabilities.

3. Ensure alignment of service levels and the organization size with Council and community priorities.

4. Engage the public in the annual budget process and utilize transparent and easy to understand budget communication tools, including participatory budgeting in ways that are practicable, accessible and inclusive.

5. Explore re-instating a "Citizens Academy" in the interest of educating and engaging the public. 703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
City of South Lake Tahoe
Agenda Item Executive Summary
Joe Irvin, City Manager
Meeting Date: March 14, 2023
Agenda Item #: 25
Agenda Item: Ratification of Proclamation of Local Emergency Due to Severe Winter Storms Executive Summary:

Requested Action / Suggested Motions: Pass a Resolution ratifying a Proclamation of Local Emergency Due to Severe Winter Storms.

Responsible Staff Member: Heather Stroud, City Attorney Responsible Staff Member: Heather Stroud, City Attorney (530) 542-6046 Reviewed and Approved By:

Susan Blankenship, City Clerk
Attachments:
01-Staff Report Ratification of Local Emergency.docx
02-Resolution Ratifying Proclamation of Local Emergency.docx 03-Proclamation of Local Emergency (Exh. A to Reso).pdf 711
Council Agenda Report- March 14, 2023 Page 1 of 2
City of South Lake Tahoe
Report to City Council
Meeting Date: March 14, 2023
Title: Ratification of Proclamation of Local Emergency Due to Severe Winter Storms Location: Citywide
Responsible Staff Members: Heather Stroud, City Attorney (530) 542-6046 Background:

On March 8, 2023, the Director of Emergency Services issued a Proclamation of Local Emergency Due to Severe Winter Storms. South Lake Tahoe City Code section 1.15.030(C)(1) requires City Council to take action to ratify this proclamation within seven days thereafter, or the proclamation shall have no further force or effect.

Under South Lake Tahoe City Code section 1.15.020, and consistent with the California Emergency Services Act, “emergency” is defined as “the actual or threatened existence of conditions of disaster or of extreme peril to the safety of persons and property within this city caused by such conditions as air pollution, fire, flood, storm, epidemic, riot, avalanche, or earthquake, or other conditions, including conditions resulting from war or imminent threat of war, but other than conditions resulting from a labor controversy, which conditions are or are likely to be beyond the control of the services, personnel, equipment and facilities of the city, requiring the combined forces of other political subdivisions to combat.” Issue and Discussion:

Beginning in late February 2023, the City of South Lake Tahoe has received a series of back-toback storms with multiple feet of snow resulting in heavy snow loads on roofs, road damage, and other infrastructure and property damage within city limits. When the Director of Emergency Services issued the Proclamation of Local Emergency on March 8, 2023, an atmospheric river with significant rainfall was forecast to begin on March 9 and last for several days with the potential for widespread flooding and further property damage to public and private property because of the large existing snowpack. Rain on snow events like this have caused major flooding in South Lake Tahoe in past years.

Proclaiming a local emergency allows the City to acquire more resources to deal with the storm and its aftermath, including requesting assistance from state and federal agencies, waiving normal procurement rules for repairs to City facilities and infrastructure, issuing emergency orders to address a fluid situation if needed, and modifying personnel policies as needed to maintain essential City services.

As required by the California Emergency Services Act, staff is requesting that City Council ratify the Proclamation of Local Emergency Due to Severe Winter Storms by adopting the resolution 712
Council Agenda Report- March 14, 2023 Page 2 of 2
attached to this item. If adopted, Government Code section 8630 requires that the City Council review the need for continuing the local emergency at least every sixty (60) days until such local emergency is terminated. Under Section 8630(d), the City Council is required to terminate the local emergency at the earliest possible date that conditions warrant.

Financial Implications:

If eligible under the California Disaster Assistance Act and/or Federal Emergency Management Agency’s Public Assistance Program, the City may be able to pursue state and/or federal funding available to reimburse the City for costs incurred because of this emergency.

Environmental Considerations:

This action is not a project subject to environmental review under the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) under CEQA Guidelines section 15378(b)(2), (5) because it is a continuing administrative activity and an organizational or administrative activity of the City that will not result in direct or indirect physical changes in the environment.

Policy Implications:

Ratifying the local emergency ensures that the City is in the best position to acquire the resources necessary to promptly address impacts from the storm and its aftermath. 713
Resolution 2023-XXX March 14, 2023 Page 1 of 2
Resolution 2023-XXX
Adopted by the City of South Lake Tahoe
City Council
March 14, 2023
Ratifying the Proclamation of Local Emergency Due to Severe Winter Storms

BACKGROUND
A. Under Section 1.15.030(C) of the South Lake Tahoe City Code, the Director of Emergency Services is empowered to issue a proclamation of local emergency if the City Council is not in session, to be ratified by the City Council within seven days thereafter.

B. Beginning in late February 2023, the City of South Lake Tahoe has received a series of backto-back storms with multiple feet of snow resulting in heavy snow loads on roofs, road damage, and other infrastructure and property damage within city limits. A warm atmospheric river resulted in significant rainfall beginning on March 9 and lasted for several days, causing widespread flooding and further property damage to public and private property because of the large existing snowpack.

C. The severe winter storms have created conditions of extreme peril to the safety of persons and property within the territorial limits of the City of South Lake Tahoe, and these conditions are likely to be beyond the control of the services, personnel, equipment, and facilities of the City.

D. On March 3, 2023, the El Dorado County Sheriff proclaimed a local emergency for El Dorado County under the California Emergency Services Act, California Government Code section 8850 et seq., due to the severe winter storms in February and March 2023, which was ratified by the El Dorado County Board of Supervisors on March 7, 2023, by adoption of Resolution No. 046-2023.

E. On March 8, 2023, the City Director of Emergency Services issued a Proclamation of Local Emergency Due to Severe Winter Storms for the reasons stated above.

BASED ON THE FACTS SET FORTH IN THE BACKGROUND, BE IT RESOLVED, that the City Council of the City of South Lake Tahoe:

1. Ratifies the Proclamation of Local Emergency Due to Severe Winter Storms, as issued by the Director of Emergency Services on March 8, 2023, attached hereto as Exhibit A.

2. Deems the local emergency to continue to exist until terminated by the City Council.

3. Directs the Director of Emergency Services to report to City Council at least every 60 days until terminated by the City Council as required by California Government Code section 8630.
714
Resolution 2023-XXX March 14, 2023 Page 2 of 2
Adopted by the City of South Lake Tahoe City Council on March 14, 2023 by the following vote:

Yes:

No:

Absent:

Abstain:
________________________ Date:_________
Cristi Creegan, Mayor
Attest:
________________________
Susan Blankenship, City Clerk
The presence of electronic signature certifies that the foregoing is a true and correct copy as approved by the South Lake Tahoe City Council.
715
716
717
City of South Lake Tahoe
Agenda Item Executive Summary
Joe Irvin, City Manager
Meeting Date: March 14, 2023
Agenda Item #: 26
Agenda Item: Fiscal Year 2022-2023 Mid-Year Budget Review, Amendments to the Allocated Permanent Position Listing, and Five-Year Financial Plan Update Executive Summary: The annual mid-year budget review is an essential element in maintaining the City's financial stability. It provides the City Council an opportunity to review the General Fund and other funds, adjust amount in order to achieve a more accurate budget for the current fiscal year and help shape the development of next year's budget. The Five-Year Financial Plan update provides a forecast of revenues and expenditures over the five-year period of fiscal year 2023-2024 through 2027-2028. The Five-Year Financial Plan provides a multi-year view of the financial picture and allows for strategic discussions and planning needed to balance the General Fund Budget and address City Council updated Strategic Plan 2023-2028 ensuring the City's financial sustainability in providing the community with core services, infrastructure and facilities improvements.

Requested Action / Suggested Motions: Pass a Resolution approving FY 2022-2023 Mid-Year Budget Adjustments and Amendments to the Allocated Permanent Position Listing for Changes Made during Mid-Year.

Responsible Staff Members: Olga Tikhomirova, Director of Finance and Joseph Irvin, City Manager Responsible Staff Member: Olga Tikhomirova, Director of Finance (530)542-7431 Joseph Irvin, City Manager (530)542-6043
Reviewed and Approved By:

Susan Blankenship, City Clerk
Heather Stroud, City Attorney
Attachments:
01-Staff Report - Mid-Year Budget and 5-Year Plan March 2023.docx 02-RESO Mid-year Budget 2022-2023.docx
03-Position Allocation 22-23 (Exh. A to Reso).pdf
04-Salary Table (Exh. B to Reso).pdf
05-5yr Finacial Plan & Assumptions as of March 2023.pdf 718
Council Agenda Report March 14, 2023 Page 1 of 8
City of South Lake Tahoe
Report to City Council
Meeting Date: March 14, 2023
Title: FY 2022-2023 Mid-Year Budget Review and Five-Year Financial Plan Update Location: All Departments
Responsible Staff Members: Joseph Irvin, City Manager
Olga Tikhomirova, Director of Finance
Background: The annual Mid-Year budget review is an essential element in maintaining the City’s financial stability. It provides the City Council an opportunity to make adjustments and operational corrections based on unanticipated changes and the goals and priorities of the City Council for the current fiscal year and helps shape the development of next year’s budget.

During the mid-year process the City Manager and staff review the City’s fiscal condition and make recommendations to amend appropriations if necessary. The budget amendments recommended by staff are intended to address unanticipated items or events that may have occurred in the first half of the fiscal year. The proposed amendments also include adjustments due to reorganizational changes to staffing needed to address goals and initiatives included in the Strategic Plan adopted by the City Council on March 2, 2021 and discussed and updated during January 31st, 2023 Strategic Planning Retreat.

Based on recommendations from financial experts and the Government Accounting Standards Board (GASB) indicating the need for public agencies to conduct long-term financial planning, since 2011 the City has been annually producing a Five-Year Financial Forecast to provide the public and the City Council with information from which to consider financial and policy recommendations.

In preparing the financial forecast, the City considers a wide variety of economic indicators to estimate revenues and expenditures over the five-year period. This multi-year examination of the City’s financial outlook allows for strategic discussions and planning ensuring the financial stability of the City. Financial stability allows the City to provide the community with core services, infrastructure and facility improvements, and address City Council Strategic Priorities.

Issue and Discussion: As part of the Mid-year Budget review, it is important to assess economic conditions at national, state and local levels to ascertain what effects these may have on the City’s revenues and expenses.

The global economy is projected to slow in 2023, although it appears to be seen by how much.

Recent data has revealed more resilience, and economists are now split on whether the recession will occur, or the economy would be able to avoid it. Some are even seeing a potential growth in 2023. According to the National Retail Federation’s chief economist, there will still likely be economic challenges this year, such as inflation, which will likely affect different sectors of the economy at different times.
719
Council Agenda Report March 14, 2023 Page 2 of 8
With the health crisis beginning to fade into the past, the U.S. economy finished 2022 in solid shape despite markets volatility. High inflation dominated in 2022 and continues into 2023 with the Fed attempting to bring it down by rapidly increasing interest rates. The GDP grew 2.1% in 2022, about half of the growth seen in the year prior. The inflation rate, as measured by the Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers (CPI-U), increased 6.4% for the 12 months ending January. This was the smallest 12-month increase since the period ending October 2021.

The Federal Reserve raised interest rates seven times in 2022 and again on February 1, 2023 to curb inflation, increasing the target rate from near zero to 4.5-4.75%. The national unemployment rate ended 2022 at 3.5%. Industrial production was at a record high in 2022, and consumer spending has continued to show signs of growth with total sales up 9.2% in 2022 compared to 2021, according to data from the U.S. Census Bureau. 2022 was also a strong year for California’s economy. The state reached a milestone in the last quarter having finally recovered all jobs that were lost during the pandemic. The unemployment rate for South Lake Tahoe was 3.0% (preliminary) in December 2022.

The City’s FY 2022-2023 budget reflects a positive outlook. Overall, current year’s operating revenues are projected to increase compared to the adopted budget. Staff recommends changes to two of the City’s three major revenues and several other revenue increases.

Additional expenditure allocations are recommended for City services, capital projects and for City Council Strategic Priorities implementation. Should an economic downturn materialize and create a significant impact on City operations, staff will bring the necessary budget adjustments for City Council’s consideration prior to the fiscal year end.

Five Year Financial Plan
The Five-Year Financial Plan analyzes major known and projected future fiscal conditions in order to support informed long-term planning and decision-making regarding operational and capital improvement resources. The Plan is focused on the City’s General Fund and provides a forecast of revenues and expenditures over the five-year period from fiscal year 2023-2024 through 2027-2028.

Key highlights of this Five-Year Financial Plan update include:
 Revenues are forecasted based on previous year’s actuals and current economic trends and estimates.
o A significant increase in Property tax anticipated in FY 2023, compared to the adopted budget, results in an increase of 9.2% in this revenue in FY 2024 compared to FY 2022 actuals.
o FY 2024 City TOT revenues are projected to exceed FY 2022 actuals by 1.25% which is also reflective of an approximate $1m loss due to Measure T VHR ban. o Project Area TOT revenues are projected based on FY 2022 actual results. These results reflect a shift of occupancy from the City VHRs to the project area hotels due to Measure T VHR ban.
o The plan assumes that approximately $1.6m from Measure S Sales Tax fund in FY 2024 will be used to pay for 7 Firefighters previously funded by SAFER grant, 50% of the Fire Marshal position, 100% of one Police Lieutenant position, and staffing for the South Shore Fuels Reduction Program.
720
Council Agenda Report March 14, 2023 Page 3 of 8
o Parks and Recreation Revenues are projected based on full operations in FY 2024 and in the four years beyond, not reflecting a partial shift of revenues and expenditures which will take place after the new Recreation Center opening. o The current plan no longer includes the transfer of $850K in projected available revenues from the Parking Garage previously anticipated to occur after an early payoff of the parking garage bonds. Based on recent City Council discussions, this revenue stream could be directed towards enhancing the south shore transportation programs.
o Several audit adjusting entries were still pending as of the date of preparation of this five-year plan and were not reflected in the report.
 Expenditures:
o Majority of personnel and operating expenditures are projected to increase between 2% and 3% annually.
o FY 2024 CalPERS pension cost reflects 6%, 10% and 13% increases in normal cost rates for Miscellaneous, Safety PEPRA, and Safety Classic members respectively based on 2022 Actuarial Reports.
o Unfunded Accrued Liability (UAL) cost projections are based on 6.1% negative investment return for CalPERS fiscal year ended June 30th, 2022. o Forecast assumes a prepayment of CalPERS Unfunded Accrued Liability (UAL) annually in July. Even with the increased interest rates, there are savings to the City from prepayment of at least $100K.
o All one-time large capital expenditures are removed moving forward. o No major capital expenditures, such as road rehabilitation or vehicle replacement, are included in the main General Fund and are projected to be funded by Measure S sales tax general fund.
o Projected personnel cost incorporates two additional Parking Ambassador positions being requested during this March 14th meeting and an additional Principal HR Analyst position included as part of the mid-year adjustments.

The table below presents a summary of the 2024-2028 General Fund Five-Year Financial Plan.

The 2022-2023 amended budget reflects the use of $2.2 million from undesignated excess reserves and is before mid-year adjustments. At September 30, 2022, the undesignated excess reserves amounted to $11.2 million, excluding the required 25% reserve of $12.7 million for FY 2023.

The preliminary estimates for FY 2023-2024, that include assumptions previously listed in the Key Highlights section, indicate that the General Fund for the upcoming fiscal year is projected to be balanced. These projections include moderate salary raises and don’t include the implementation cost of Classification & Compensation Study, which is being finalized.

Actual Budget Projected Projected Projected Projected Projected 2021-2022 2022-2023 2023-2024 2024-2025 2025-2026 2026-2027 2027-2028 Rev. $52,367,543 $52,330,889 $53,214,594 $54,290,949 $55,114,958 $56,002,295 $56,856,356 Exp. $53,703,448 $54,546,574 $53,214,593 $54,900,888 $56,501,235 $56,749,425 $57,025,385 Net Rev/(Exp) $ (1,335,905) $ (2,215,685) $ 0 $ (609,939) $ (1,386,277) $ (747,131) $ (169,029) General Fund Five-Year Plan Summary 2024 to 2028
721
Council Agenda Report March 14, 2023 Page 4 of 8
Programmed revenue increases are being absorbed by the growing personnel and other costs contributing to on-going projected general fund deficit for the subsequent four years.

Finance department will begin the next fiscal year budget process in April 2023. Staff will continue examining various creative ways to achieve the balanced budget in the upcoming years while continue implementing the City Council Strategic Priorities.

Measure S Sales Tax General Fund Five-Year Projections
Measure S sales tax is projected to generate between $7.1m and $7.8m annually for the next five years. The preliminary projected uses for FY 2024 include:
 $555K for communications system financing and $35K for the system extended warranty.  $2.2m total for the following: Fire Station II Rehabilitation and Staffing, 50% of the Fire Marshal position, 100% of the Police Lieutenant position, and South Shore Fuel Reduction program staffing.
 $4.2m total for road rehabilitation, vehicle and equipment purchase and debt financing, as well as for the stormwater management program.

Attachment 05 provides a detailed analysis of the primary General Fund revenues by type and expenditures by department, and Measure S Sales Tax general fund revenues and financing uses through FY 2028.

Mid-Year Budget Review
The total current General fund budget after the carry-forward appropriations and other adjustments approved since the budget was originally adopted, shows a net expense of $2,215,685. Some of the major items in the carry-forward adjustments were $1,250,000, attributed to the pending issuance of the General Fund loan for the Sugar Pine Housing project, $318K for the Computer Aided Dispatch (CAD), $112K for SSTMA pilot program, $193K for the Fire apparatus repair, and the remainder was for other previously approved purchases.

The City ended the previous fiscal year 2021-2022 with undesignated excess reserves of approximately $11.2 million. After the carry-forward appropriations described above, together with grant match set-aside activity of $1.2 million net, a reduction for ARPA funding, and other additional appropriations proposed at this council meeting, the undesignated excess reserves balance went down to approximately $3.8 million. This amount is available for spending at the City Council’s discretion.

FY 2022-2023 mid-year budget adjustments include the proposed net revenue increase of $300K, as described below.

General Fund Revenue Adjustments recommendations include the following:

Property Taxes +$510,000 based on the first of three installments of property tax revenues from the County. The City is on the teeter plan with El Dorado County which requires the County distribute to the City full share of property tax based on current assessed values without regard to actual collections. The County retains all interest and penalties that result from delinquent tax payments.
722
Council Agenda Report March 14, 2023 Page 5 of 8
Transient Occupancy Tax (TOT) +$200,000 based on final actual receipts in FY 2022. The adjustment includes updated allocation between TOT revenue categories. VHR category was reduced and TOT for hotels/motels was increased.

Franchise Fees +$150,000 based on final actual receipts in FY 2022.

Interest Earning Revenue +$150,000 due to increased interest rates in FY 2023.

Caldor Fire Federal and State Reimbursements +$339,699 received from the federal and California state disaster assistance for Caldor Fire Emergency Protective Measures and Management Cost. The reimbursement was approved after a lengthy project submission process for the City-provided provisions and supplies for the Emergency Operations Center (EOC) in September 2021. The reimbursement includes $176K for overtime, $90K for City’s equipment used for fire operations, $61K for miscellaneous supplies, contracts, and equipment rental during the EOC, and approximately $18K for administrative cost.

Parking Citation Revenue +$150,000 due to the expanded code enforcement program and an increase in parking citation fines revenue in FY 2023.

Transfer in from Measure S Sales tax +$202,830 to compensate the General Fund for actual cost in FY 2022 for 7 Firefighters previously partially funded by SAFER grant. The actual reimbursement from the grant was lower than anticipated due to a progressive reduction in the reimbursable portion.

Transfer in from Measure S Sales tax +$21,900 for the Police department RIMS system data conversion (the RIMS project was originally fully funded by Measure S).

Transfer in from Long Term Building Fees Fund +$100,000 for the Interim Building Official contract and expected summer 2023 building inspector contract.

Transfer in from Airport Enterprise Fund +$75,363 to return unused General Fund funding previously allocated to two Airport CIP projects, now completed and closed.

Transfer in from Redevelopment Obligation Retirement Fund +$30,000 for staff time reimbursement due to a recent increase in property tax increment collected by the El Dorado County and held in the Redevelopment Property Tax Trust Fund (RPTTF).

General Fund Expenditure Adjustments recommendations include the following:

Personnel Needs:
 +$131,769 – Cost of three new positions for half of FY 2023: an addition of Principal HR Analyst position requested with this agenda item; an addition of two Parking Ambassadors with the cost split 50/50 between the General fund and Parking Garage Enterprise fund requested as a separate item on today’s agenda, and an additional 3- month cost through the end of this fiscal year for a temporary IT Technician.  +$166,296 – Additional budget for retirement, promotion, overtime and other personnel related costs and payouts in several departments.
 +121,520 – Additional budget for health insurance due to higher than budgeted rate increase and an additional cost due to staffing changes.  -$605,820 – Decrease in CalPERS Unfunded Accrued Liability (UAL) prepayment amount based on June 30, 2021 Actuarial Valuation Reports received in August 2022. The reports use demographic data and financial information through June 30, 2021 including the results of FY 2020-2021 investment earnings of 21.3%, to set the required contributions 723
Council Agenda Report March 14, 2023 Page 6 of 8
for fiscal year 2023-2024. The investment return of -6.1% for FY 2021-2022 reported in July 2022, has no impact on required employer or member contributions for FY 2023- 2024. The impact of this investment loss will be reflected in the June 30, 2022 valuation reports, available in August 2023, and will not impact employer contribution requirement until FY 2024-2025.

Operational Needs:
 +$146,994 – General Government, IT and Non-Departmental needs and increases, including additional rent to the Airport ($67K) per the new contract approved in January 2023, additional litigation expenses for several lawsuits handled in-house ($33K), citywide employee Diversity, Equity & Inclusion (DEI) training, negotiations contract, and employment advertising ($22K), additional IT needs due to an increase in software renewal cost ($10K), with the remaining portion for in-person training and travel, website maintenance and hosting, and small equipment needs for several divisions.  +$103,300 – Police department various needs, including additional fuel budget ($10K), taser purchases ($23K), parking enforcement contract amendment earlier this fiscal year ($14K), RIMS project various costs, including data conversion funded by Measure S Sales Tax revenue ($22K), and other misc. training and equipment needs.  +$80,980 – Fire department various needs, including Protective Personal Equipment (PPE) ($28K), management and new hire training ($28K), and various furniture and equipment needs.
 +$224,224 – Public Works various needs, including Recreation Center mechanical, plumbing, electrical and overhead-door repairs ($159K), CDL training for several employees ($28K), additional cost for snow removal contract amended earlier this year ($30K), and a generator rental for the warming center ($7.5K).  +$104,300 – Development Services department Interim Building Official and summer building inspector contracts funded by a transfer-in from the Long-Term Building Permits fund ($100K) and planning commissioners training.
 +$29,400 – Parks and Recreation additional budget request for sewer lift station and pump install contract labor for Regan Beach restrooms.
 +$72,000 – Transfer out to Streets, Ice Arena, Storm Water Management Program funds for asphalt and paving supplies ($30K), roof snowmelt system repair ($22K), and retroactive NPDES Permit fees ($20K).
 -$272,960 – Eliminate Transfer out to the Airport Enterprise fund due to increases in airport use and rental fees approved by the City Council after the start of the fiscal year.  +$270,000 – Transfer out to Debt Service Fund to reimburse for various unexpected expenses in FY 2022 associated with the new recreation center bond issuance and changes in pledged assets in the existing bonds as well as due to debt service budget needs underestimation in the previous fiscal years.
 +$108,543 – Transfer out to CIP to reimburse for the cost associated with the Caldor Fire EOC accounted for in a separate project account for which federal and state disaster assistant reimbursement is received or scheduled to be received this fiscal year.

CIP Requests:
 +$730,000 – Police station facility re-roof planning, design and replacement work, and sally-port re-grad and drainage.
 +$150,000 – Traffic Signal Upgrades/Replacement project.  +$65,000 – Flooding and boiler failure at the Recreation Center. 724
Council Agenda Report March 14, 2023 Page 7 of 8
Measure S Sales Tax General Fund Revenue and Expense Adjustments $224,730 increase in Transfer out to the General Fund for RIMS project miscellaneous costs ($22K) and for an additional unreimbursed cost in FY 2022 for 7 Firefighters previously funded by SAFER grant ($203K).

Cannabis Grant Program
The 2023 Cannabis Revenue Grant Program policies and guidelines are presented to the City Council on March 14th, 2023. The City will solicit proposals for funding from local schools, government agencies and non-profit organizations with programs and projects designed to mitigate potential negative impacts of the cannabis industry in South Lake Tahoe. According to the Cannabis Community Benefit Fee Revenue Allocation Policy, that states that City Council will allocate up to 50 percent of the previous year’s revenue to the new Community-wide Benefit Grant Program during a mid-year budget process, staff has proposed to appropriate $400,000 to be made available for the cannabis revenue grant program for this fiscal year, same as in 2022. The total Community Benefit Fee revenue collected in the previous fiscal year 2021-2022 was $1,135,950. The non-grant expenditures totaled $315,691. $400,000 increase in Expense for appropriations towards 2023 Cannabis Revenue Grant Program for FY21/22.

Other Non-General Fund Programs
Special Revenue Funds
 Increase and decrease in various revenue and expense line items. Funds will either use their available fund balances, transfer balances from other special revenue funds or to the general fund, or require general fund contribution and were listed above. The Cannabis Revenue fund changes also include a transfer out of $500,000 to two CIP projects - $300K for General Facility Sustainability Upgrades and $200K for the Drainage Replacement work.

CIP
 Increase in various CIP revenues and expenses. These CIP projects are funded by transfers from the General Fund and Cannabis Revenue Fund as described earlier in this report.

Debt Service Fund
 Includes a transfer in from the General fund as described earlier and an increase in interest earnings revenue.

Enterprise Funds
 The total net decrease of $150,215 and a net increase of $1,084,043 across all enterprise funds. The Airport Enterprise fund includes elimination of the General Fund subsidy, increases in rent revenue budget and an addition of $800K for capital projects using the available fund balance. Other changes affect Parking Garage and Transit funds, including a budget increase for the 2 new Parking Ambassador positions. 725
Council Agenda Report March 14, 2023 Page 8 of 8
Internal Service Fund
 $30,000 increase to expense due to an increased OSIP annual insurance.

Trust and Agency Fund
 $301K increase to RPTTF revenue, $96K increase in interest revenue and $388K decrease in transfer in from the TOT trust fund due to increased property tax increment and RPTTF revenue to the Successor Agency for the redevelopment bonds debt service requiring lesser support from the Redevelopment area Transient Occupancy Tax set aside in the TOT trust fund annually.

Financial Implications: At September 30, 2023, the current fiscal year budget is projected to have a year-end deficit of $2.2m. The recommended mid-year budget adjustments will result in a $0.3m decrease in the deficit. Sufficient unallocated ending fund balance as of September 30, 2022, of approximately $6.1m is available to cover the budget deficit. After mid-year budget adjustments and additional appropriations for other items proposed at this council meeting, including $800K appropriations for Fire Station 3 renovations, the ending General Fund undesignated excess reserves balance is currently expected to be approximately $3.8m.

Completion of the 2022-2023 mid-year budget process will ensure continued operations through the end of the fiscal year and will allow City staff to continue the implementation of the City Council priorities.

The General Fund Five-Year Financial Plan update represents an analysis of the economic factors driving the City’s revenues base, specific revenue sources available to the City, and the projected known obligations at the time of the plan update preparation. Multi-Year Financial Planning is required as part of the City’s Financial Policies (Financial Planning) and is an essential tool for developing the budget guidelines and for evaluating the future impact of current year decisions.

The accompanying resolution also amends the City salary table to correct inconsistencies in the salary schedules submitted in December 2022. This action has no financial implications.

Environmental Considerations: This is not a “project” subject to review under the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) Guidelines section 15378(b)(2) (continuing administrative or maintenance activities, such as purchases for supplies) Policy Implications: Compliance with City Financial Policies: Budget Management, Section E and Financial Planning, Section B.
726
Resolution 2023-XXX March 14, 2023 Page 1 of 3
Resolution 2023-XXX
Adopted by the City of South Lake Tahoe
City Council
March 14, 2023
Approving FY 2022-2023 Mid-Year Budget Adjustments and
Amendments to the Allocated Permanent Position Listing
for Changes Made During Mid-Year

BACKGROUND
A. The Mid-year budget review is recommended as part of the City’s Financial Policies – Budget Management.

B. The City Council Priorities 2021-2026 and updated for 2023-2028 include priorities and goals, some of which are included in the fiscal year 2022-2023 mid-year budget adjustments.

C. The City Council wishes to amend the 2022-2023 Fiscal Year Total Budget for funding of continued operations and one-time costs through the end of the fiscal year.

D. There are staffing level changes approved which will amend the allocated position listing as described below (mid-year amendments reflect partial year). a. Establish one (1) full-time Principal HR Analyst position. b. Change Firefighter position allocation to a total of 16 FTEs. c. Change Fire Engineer position allocation to a total of 9 FTEs. d. Eliminate one (1) Sr. Planner 2-year limited term position.

E. The City Manager and Director of Finance recommend the budget adjustments summarized on the next page.
727
Resolution 2023-XXX March 14, 2023 Page 2 of 3
BASED ON THE FACTS SET FORTH IN THE BACKGROUND, BE IT RESOLVED that the City Council of the City of South Lake Tahoe:

1. Adopts the 2022-2023 Fiscal year budget for the recommended adjustments listed above.

2. Adopts changes to the attached allocated position listing and corrections to the salary tables, attached hereto as Exhibits “A” and “B,” respectively.

Adopted by the City of South Lake Tahoe City Council on March 14, 2023 by the following vote:

Yes:

No:

Revenue Expense Net Change
Increase/(Decrease) (Increase)/Decrease Revenue/(Expense) General Fund:
100 General Fund $ 1,929,792 $ (1,625,546) $ 304,246
102 General Fund - Measure S Sales Tax ** $ - $ (224,730) $ (224,730) Total General Fund $ 1,929,792 $ (1,850,276) $ 79,516
Other Funds:
201 Gas Tax ** $ 30,000 $ (119,041) $ (89,041)
207 Snow Removal $ - $ 21,831 $ 21,831
211 Police Vehicle Replacement $ 225,798 $ (150,000) $ 75,798 216 Transit Center ** $ - $ (15,000) $ (15,000)
218 VHR Program $ - $ 6,017 $ 6,017
221 Ice Arena $ 22,000 $ (22,000) $ -
223 Cannabis Program ** $ 26,250 $ (900,000) $ (873,750) 232 Safety Sales Tax (Prop 172) ** $ - $ (150,000) $ (150,000) 243 Nuisance Abatement ** $ - $ (24,984) $ (24,984)
244 Solid Waste $ - $ 83,250 $ 83,250
245 Storm Water Management Program $ 20,000 $ (20,000) $ - 263 TOT Trust Fund $ - $ 388,001 $ 388,001
270 General Plan/Community Plan $ - $ - $ -
271 Building Permit Fees ** $ - $ (100,000) $ (100,000) 290 Settlement Proceeds Sfty Programs $ 106,822 $ (106,822) $ - 301 City CIP ** $ 1,608,641 $ (1,665,973) $ (57,332)
401 City Debt Service $ 280,000 $ - $ 280,000
501 Airport Enterprise Fund ** $ (212,640) $ (1,006,980) $ (1,219,620) 520 Parking Garage ** $ 45,000 $ (50,523) $ (5,523)
550 Transit Operations ** $ 17,425 $ (26,540) $ (9,115) 602 Self-Insured Workers Comp ** $ - $ (30,000) $ (30,000) 725 RD Obligation Retirement Fund $ 9,384 $ (9,384) $ - Total Other Funds $ 2,178,680 $ (3,898,148) $ (1,719,468) Total All Funds $ 4,108,472 $ (5,748,424) $ (1,639,952) ** Fund Balance Available
728
Resolution 2023-XXX March 14, 2023 Page 3 of 3

Absent:

Abstain:
______________________ Date:_________
Cristi Creegan, Mayor
Attest:
________________________
Susan Blankenship, City Clerk
The presence of electronic signature certifies that the foregoing is a true and correct copy as approved by the South Lake Tahoe City Council.
729
Allocated Permanent Positions
Authorized/ Authorized/ Authorized/ Authorized/ Authorized/ Appropriated Appropriated Appropriated Appropriated Frozen Positions Positions Positions Positions Positions
Department/Positions 21/22 Adopted thru May'22 22/23 Adopted thru Mar'23 22/23 Budget

CITY COUNCIL
Council Member (Elected) Department Total 5.00 5.00 5.00 5.00 0.00

CITY CLERK
City Clerk (Elected) 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
Assistant City Clerk 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
Department Total 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 0.00

CITY TREASURER
City Treasurer (Elected) Department Total 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.00

CITY MANAGER DEPARTMENT
City Manager 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
Assistant City Manager 0.00 0.00 0.75 0.75
Assistant to the City Manager I 1.00 1.00 0.25 0.25
Assistant to the City Manager II 1.00 1.00 0.25 0.25
Communications and Project Specialist 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 Sustainability Coordinator 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00

5.00 5.00 4.25 4.25
Human Resources
Human Resources Manager 0.00 0.00 1.00 1.00
Principal &/or H.R. Analyst 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.50
Total 1.00 1.00 2.00 2.50 0.00
Department Total 6.00 6.00 6.25 6.75 0.00

CITY ATTORNEY
City Attorney 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
Assistant City Attorney 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
Risk Manager 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
Paralegal 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
Department Total 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 0.00

FINANCE DEPARTMENT
Director of Finance 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
Total 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.00
Financial Services
Financial Services Supervisor 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
Accountant I, II 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
Accountant I / Payroll Coordinator 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
Principal Management Analyst - Purchasing and Grants 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 Total 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 0.00
Revenue
Accounting Technician I, II 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00
Supervising Accounting Technician 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
Accountant I/II 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
Total 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 0.00
1 of 4
730
Allocated Permanent Positions
Authorized/ Authorized/ Authorized/ Authorized/ Authorized/ Appropriated Appropriated Appropriated Appropriated Frozen Positions Positions Positions Positions Positions
Department/Positions 21/22 Adopted thru May'22 22/23 Adopted thru Mar'23 22/23 Budget

FINANCE DEPARTMENT (CONTINUED)
Information Systems
Information Systems Supervisor 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
Network Systems Administrator 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
Information Systems Technician 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
Total 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 0.00
Department Total 12.00 12.00 12.00 12.00 0.00

DEVELOPMENT SERVICES DEPARTMENT
Director of Development Services 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
Administrative Clerk I, II 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
Total 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 0.00
Planning
Planning Manager/Environmental Planner 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 Associate Planner, Assistant Planner 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 Sr. Planner (2 year limited term) 0.00 0.00 1.00 0.00
Development Services Technician 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.00 Total 3.00 3.00 4.00 3.00 1.00
Housing
Housing Manager 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
Associate Planner, Assistant Planner- Housing 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 Associate Management Analyst 0.00 0.00 1.00 1.00

2.00 2.00 3.00 3.00 0.00
Building and Safety
Building Official 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
Pr Bldg & Sr Bldg Inspector, Bldg Inspector, Hsng Insp. 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 Sr. Permit Center Technician, Permit Center Technician 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 Program Coordinator 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00
Total 8.00 8.00 7.00 7.00 0.00
Department Total 15.00 15.00 16.00 15.00 1.00

PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT
Director of Public Works 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
Capital Improvement Projects Manager 1.00 0.50 0.00 0.00 Capital Program and Facilities Program Manager 0.00 0.50 1.00 1.00 Office Manager 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
Total 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 0.00
Engineering
Construction Engineer 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.00
Stormwater Program Coordinator 1.00 0.50 0.00 0.00
Complete Streets Program Manager 0.00 0.50 1.00 1.00
GIS Analyst 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
Resident Engineer / Resident Inspector 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 Engineering Manager 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
Associate Civil Engineer, Assistant Engineer 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 Engineering Technician 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
Total 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 1.00
2 of 4
731
Allocated Permanent Positions
Authorized/ Authorized/ Authorized/ Authorized/ Authorized/ Appropriated Appropriated Appropriated Appropriated Frozen Positions Positions Positions Positions Positions
Department/Positions 21/22 Adopted thru May'22 22/23 Adopted thru Mar'23 22/23 Budget

PUBLIC WORKS (CONTINUED)
Maintenance Operations / Snow Removal
Maintenance Manager 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00
Lead Maintenance Technician 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00
Maintenance Technician I, II, III, IV, V 14.00 14.83 16.00 16.00 Total 18.00 18.83 20.00 20.00 0.00
Fleet Maintenance
Maintenance Manager - Fleet 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
Equipment Mechanic I, II, III 5.00 5.00 5.00 5.00
Fleet Control Specialist 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
Total 7.00 7.00 7.00 7.00 0.00
Airport
Airport Manager 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
Airport Maintenance Supervisor 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
Maintenance Technician I, II, III, IV, V 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 Total 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 0.00
Department Total 37.00 37.83 39.00 39.00 1.00

PARKS AND RECREATION DEPARTMENT
Director of Parks and Recreation 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
Total 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
Recreation
Administrative Assistant I, II 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
Recreation Manager 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
Events Coordinator 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
Head Pool Lifeguard 0.00 0.00 1.00 1.00
Total 3.00 3.00 4.00 4.00
Parks
Maintenance Manager - Parks 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
Lead Maintenance Technician 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
Maintenance Technicians I, II, III, IV,V 7.00 7.00 7.00 7.00 Total 9.00 9.00 9.00 9.00
Department Total 13.00 13.00 14.00 14.00 0.00

FIRE DEPARTMENT
Fire Chief 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
Deputy Fire Chief / Fire Marshall 0.00 0.75 0.00 0.00
Fire Marshall 0.00 0.00 1.00 1.00
Fire Battalion Chief 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00
Fire Captain 9.00 9.00 9.00 9.00
Fire Engineer 9.00 10.00 10.00 9.00
Firefighter, Paramedic 9.00 8.00 8.00 9.00
Firefighter, Paramedic (SAFER Grant) 7.00 7.00 7.00 7.00 Fire Safety Inspector I, II 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
Executive Assistant to the Fire Chief 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 Department Total 40.00 40.75 41.00 41.00 0.00
3 of 4
732
Allocated Permanent Positions
Authorized/ Authorized/ Authorized/ Authorized/ Authorized/ Appropriated Appropriated Appropriated Appropriated Frozen Positions Positions Positions Positions Positions
Department/Positions 21/22 Adopted thru May'22 22/23 Adopted thru Mar'23 22/23 Budget

POLICE DEPARTMENT
Chief of Police 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
Police Lieutenant 2.00 2.00 3.00 3.00
Police Sergeant 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00
Police Officer 30.00 30.00 30.00 30.00 1.00
Police Officer (cannabis) 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
Police Officer (Tobacco grant) 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
Public Safety Dispatch Supervisor 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
Police Records Supervisor 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
Community Service Officer Supervisor 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.00 Public Safety Dispatcher 9.00 9.00 9.00 9.00
Senior Police Records Tech, Police Record Tech 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 Administrative Assistant I 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
Senior Evidence/Prop Tech, Evidence/Prop Tech 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 Lead Community Services Officer 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.00
Sr Community Svcs Officer, Community Svcs Officer 5.00 5.00 5.00 4.00 Parking Ambassador 0.00 0.00 0.00 3.00*
Code Compliance Investigator 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
Administrative Assistant II 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
Department Total 65.00 65.00 66.00 65.00 1.00
Total City Employees 200.00 201.58 206.25 204.75 3.00
*Reflects a change from 2 FTEs approved effective 10/1/2022 to 4 FTE approved 2/28/2023 with a partial year for 2 additional FTEs. 4 of 4
733
INTERN
Index Key Value Hourly Monthly
9900/9943/01 15.5000 0
9900/9943/02 16.2750 0
9900/9943/03 19.2441 0
9900/9943/04 20.2062 0
9900/9943/05 21.2166 0
City of South Lake Tahoe
Salary Table Effective 01/01/2023 (as corrected)
1 of 1 734
CITY OF SOUTH LAKE TAHOE – GENERAL FUND FIVE-YEAR FINANCIAL PLAN Fiscal Years 2024 to 2028 REVENUES BY TYPE Actual 2020-2021 Actual 2021-2022 Budget 2022-2023 Projected 2023-2024 Projected 2024-2025 Projected 2025-2026 Projected 2026-2027 Projected 2027-2028 Prop Tax 9,135,477$ 9,679,822$ 9,650,000$ 10,566,400$ 10,883,392$ 11,209,894$ 11,546,191$ 11,892,576$ Transient Occupancy Tax (TOT) 11,166,046 10,623,784 10,513,562 10,756,581 10,891,039 11,027,177 11,165,016 11,304,579 Sales Tax 7,152,233 6,369,792 7,100,000 7,188,750 7,278,609 7,369,592 7,461,712 7,554,983 Transfers IN 966,568 1,686,641 2,042,277 1,829,535 1,960,551 2,003,856 2,045,169 2,087,519 Vehicle License Fee 2,409,143 2,534,976 2,515,000 2,590,450 2,622,831 2,655,616 2,688,811 2,722,421 Measure Q 3,695,854 3,486,517 3,500,000 3,543,750 3,588,047 3,632,897 3,678,309 3,724,288 Parks & Recreation Revenue 272,917 654,279 1,048,481 970,400 1,250,000 1,250,000 1,300,000 1,300,000 Project Area TOT 5,952,873 7,463,579 6,740,000 7,229,250 7,319,616 7,411,111 7,503,750 7,597,547 Other Revenue 1,075,761 1,131,035 1,060,015 1,050,000 950,000 950,000 950,000 950,000 Police Revenue 1,423,215 1,622,766 1,538,675 1,644,475 1,650,275 1,656,075 1,661,875 1,667,675 Franchise Fees 1,627,041 1,863,814 1,540,000 1,715,350 1,741,080 1,767,196 1,793,704 1,820,610 Business License Tax 1,756,977 1,940,581 1,732,000 1,744,000 1,756,000 1,768,000 1,780,000 1,792,000 Public Services Revenue 2,331,402 2,381,133 1,937,803 1,942,803 1,947,803 1,952,803 1,957,803 1,962,803 Fire Revenue 1,185,739 928,824 1,413,076 442,849 451,706 460,740 469,955 479,354 Base Revenues 50,151,246$ 52,367,543$ 52,330,889$ 53,214,594$ 54,290,949$ 55,114,958$ 56,002,295$ 56,856,356$

EXPENDITURES BY DEPT
Police 11,181,833$ 12,172,003$ 13,554,557$ 13,690,986$ 14,125,964$ 14,489,247$ 14,827,937$ 15,319,055$ Fire 9,179,636 9,407,422 11,485,952 10,500,917 10,832,566 11,106,930 11,360,593 11,737,026 General Fund Transfers OUT 6,069,038 8,999,681 2,772,485 2,518,904 2,568,394 2,626,074 2,645,947 2,646,018 General Fund Transfer OUT - Debt Service 2,768,000 3,285,103 3,329,074 3,438,249 3,478,565 3,442,815 2,178,624 523,106 Parks and Recreation 1,648,474 2,906,912 3,258,795 3,339,749 3,440,911 3,526,882 3,615,302 3,706,250 General Government 3,175,673 4,250,668 5,130,097 5,306,447 5,465,593 5,603,591 5,745,669 5,891,957 Finance 2,451,366 2,407,810 2,610,484 2,612,864 2,698,119 2,769,669 2,843,337 2,919,192 Miscellaneous General Fund 4,235,920 4,493,628 5,894,833 5,332,864 5,609,442 6,080,743 6,497,669 7,064,081 Development Services 1,607,577 1,721,117 2,015,837 1,914,059 1,975,542 2,025,450 2,076,796 2,129,629 Public Works/Engineering 4,426,217 4,059,105 4,494,460 4,559,554 4,705,792 4,829,834 4,957,551 5,089,070 BASE Expenses 46,743,733$ 53,703,448$ 54,546,574$ 53,214,593$ 54,900,888$ 56,501,235$ 56,749,425$ 57,025,385$ Gain/(Loss) $3,407,513 ($1,335,905) ($2,215,685) $0 ($609,939) ($1,386,277) ($747,131) ($169,029) 735

MEASURE S SALES TAX GENERAL FUND FIVE
-YEAR FINANCIAL PLAN Fiscal Years 202
4 to 202
8 Actual Actual Budget Forecast Forecast Forecast Forecast Forecast REVENUES 2020-2021 2021-2022 2022-2023 2023-2024 2024-2025 2025-2026 2026-2027 2027-2028Measure S Sales Tax 3,586,736 7,746,452 7,000,000 7,087,500 7,176,094 7,265,795 7,356,617 7,448,575 Interest Revenue 8 2,137 - - - - - - REVENUES TOTAL 3,586,743$ 7,748,589$ 7,000,000$ 7,087,500$ 7,176,094$ 7,265,795$ 7,356,617$ 7,448,575$ EXPENDITURES / FINANCING USESTechnical Services 2,406 - 5,000 5,000 5,000 5,000 5,000 5,000 Transfer out for:

PAYGO - Communications System 441,129 1,860,920 - 34,480 36,635 43,100 47,410 47,410 Financing - Communications System 554,643 554,643 554,643 554,643 554,643 - - - Equipment - CAD Upgrade 445,722 - - - - - - - Fire Station II Rehabilitation 75,000 500,000 500,000 500,000 500,000 1,000,000 1,000,000 1,000,000 Fire Station II Staffing - 396,010 791,700 1,134,000 1,224,720 1,249,214 1,274,199 1,299,683 Fire Marshall (vehicle, 50% funded position) - 90,000 110,692 114,013 117,433 119,782 122,177 124,621 Police Lieutenant (100% funded) - - 271,745 279,897 288,294 294,060 299,941 305,940 Police Officer (partial year, if grant not renewed) 70,013 - - - - - Police Safety Equipment - - 84,000 - - - - - Stormwater Management Program - 50,000 50,000 50,000 50,000 50,000 50,000 50,000 Hazardous Fuel Mitigation at Airport - - 200,000 - - - - - South Shore Fuel Reduction Program - - 392,987 130,808 134,732 137,427 140,175 142,979 Road Reconstruction & SW Projects 750,000 2,500,000 2,800,000 3,500,000 3,500,000 3,500,000 3,500,000 3,500,000 Snow Removal Equipment Replacement - 954,295 600,086 700,000 700,000 800,000 850,000 950,000 EXPENDITURES TOTAL 2,268,900$ 6,905,868$ 6,430,866$ 7,002,841$ 7,111,458$ 7,198,583$ 7,288,903$ 7,425,633$ Proposed additional appropriations 769,268$
MEASURE S FUND YEAR-END BALANCE 1,317,843$ 2,160,564 $ 1,960,430$ 2,045,089$ 2,109,725$ 2,176,937$ 2,244,651$ 2,267,594$ 736
FIVE-YEAR FINANCIAL PLAN: REVENUES ASSUMPTIONS 2023-2024 2024-2025 2025-2026 2026-2027 2027-2028 Property Tax 4.00% 3.00% 3.00% 3.00% 3.00%T.O.T./Project Area T.O.T 1.25% 1.25% 1.25% 1.25% 1.25%Sales Tax/Measure Q/Measure S 1.25% 1.25% 1.25% 1.25% 1.25%Transfer-in $850,000 from Parking Garage
revenue removed, to
be allocated to
Trans. Programs
$850,000 from
Parking Garage
revenue removed, to
be allocated to
Trans. Programs
$850,000 from
Parking Garage
revenue removed, to
be allocated to
Trans. Programs
$850,000 from
Parking Garage
revenue removed, to
be allocated to
Trans. Programs
$850,000 from
Parking Garage
revenue removed, to
be allocated to
Trans. Programs
Vehicle License Fee 3.00% 1.25% 1.25% 1.25% 1.25%Franchise Fees 1.50% 1.50% 1.50% 1.50% 1.50%Fire Revenue / Safer Grant / Police funded by Measure S $1.66 miliion from
Measure S for 7
FFs, 50% of Fire
Marshall and
100% of Police LT
$1.77 miliion from
Measure S for 7
FFs, 50% of Fire
Marshall and
100% of Police LT
$1.80 miliion from
Measure S for 7
FFs, 50% of Fire
Marshall and
100% of Police LT
$1.84 miliion from
Measure S for 7
FFs, 50% of Fire
Marshall and
100% of Police LT
$1.87 miliion from
Measure S for 7
FFs, 50% of Fire
Marshall and
100% of Police LT

MAJOR REVENUE ASSUMPTIONS
737
FIVE-YEAR FINANCIAL PLAN: EXPENDITURES ASSUMPTIONS 2023-2024 2024-2025 2025-2026 2026-2027 2027-2028 Salaries 3.00% 3.00% 2.00% 2.00% 2.00%Health 5.00% 5.00% 5.00% 5.00% 5.00%Pension 6%, 10%, 13% 3.00% 3.00% 3.00% 3.00%Pension (UAL) PERS actuarial estimates;
assumes
prepayment
PERS actuarial
estimates;
assumes
prepayment
PERS actuarial
estimates;
assumes
prepayment
PERS actuarial
estimates;
assumes
prepayment
PERS actuarial
estimates;
assumes
prepayment
Road Repairs none none none none none Vehicle and Equipment Replacement none none none none none Transfers-out CIP Projects none none none none none Other Personnel Expenditures 3.00% 3.00% 2.00% 2.00% 2.00%Other Operational Expenditures 3.00% 3.00% 3.00% 3.00% 3.00%Contractual Services 3.00% 3.00% 3.00% 3.00% 3.00%Capital Outlay 3.00% 3.00% 3.00% 3.00% 3.00%

MAJOR EXPENSE ASSUMPTIONS
738
City of South Lake Tahoe
Agenda Item Executive Summary
Joe Irvin, City Manager
Meeting Date:

Agenda Item #: 27
Agenda Item: Purchase of Various Snow Removal Equipment and Update to Snow and Ice Removal Plan
Executive Summary: Staff has been evaluating options to improve and enhance the snow operations to provide better service to the public. In order to accomplish this goal, staff is recommending increasing the number of seasonable snow operations employees and assigning two (2) operators during the night shift period per snowplow zones and one (1) operator during the day shift. The increase in driver operators will allow the Streets Division to complete the snow plowing during a 12-hour shift and continue to plow the streets with continuous snow operations or move to blowing operations when needed. This enhanced operational goal will address the needs of the community, and better service can be provided.

However, four additional graders are required to accomplish this goal. Finally, during the last snow season, several of the blowers broke down continuously due to the age of the equipment. The new snow blowers are more maneuverable and can complete the process faster and with more precision. Due to the ordering timeline, the staff is recommending purchasing the Trackless equipment immediately and ordering the graders and blowers to be available by the fall of 2023.

Requested Action / Suggested Motions: (1) Pass a Resolution authorizing purchase of 1) one (1) Trackless Snow Blower for Parks Maintenance from Shafer Equipment Company, Inc. through Houston Galveston Area Council (HGAC) Cooperative Agreement for $167,680.54; 2) four (4) John Deer Graders from Pape Machinery through Sourcewell Cooperative Agreement for $2,168,360.76 and, 3) two (2) Zaugg Rolba 3000 Snow Blowers for a total of $1,200,212 from Hardline Equipment based on Emergency Purchase Sole-source Justification for Specialized Equipment, per City SLTCC § 3.45.070, and approving related Fiscal Year 2022-2023 budget amendments; and (2) Receive report from Staff regarding Update to Snow Operational Plan
Responsible Staff Members: Anush Nejad, Director of Public Works and Phil Harwood, Maintenance Manager, Jerry Heath, Streets Manager
Responsible Staff Member: Anush Nejad, Director of Public Works (530) 542-6031 Phil Harwood, Maintenance Manager (530) 542-6085
Jerry Heath, Streets Manager (530) 542-6030
Reviewed and Approved By:

Susan Blankenship, City Clerk
Olga Tikhomirova, Director of Finance
Heather Stroud, City Attorney
Attachments:
01-Staff Report - Snow Operations.docx
02-Snow and Ice Removal Plan (Revised March 2023).pdf
03-Plow Zones.pdf
04-Shafer Contract - Trackless Equpiment.pdf
739
05 - Pape Machinery Contract - John Deere Equipment.pdf 06-Zaugg - Sole-Source Form - signed.pdf
07-Zaugg Snow Blowers Quotes.pdf
08-Zaugg Technical Data Sheet - Rolba 3000.pdf
09-Banc of America Finance Terms.pdf
10-Resolution - Snow Equipment Purchase.docx
11 - Snow Operations Presentation.pptx
740
Council Agenda Report March 14, 2023 Page 1 of 7
City of South Lake Tahoe
Report to City Council
Meeting Date: March 14, 2023
Title: Purchase of Various Snow Removal Equipment and Update to Snow and Ice Removal Plan Location: Citywide
Responsible Staff Member: Anush Nejad, Director of Public Works – (530) 542-6031 Phil Harwood, Fleet Supervisor – (530) 542-6086
Jerry Heath, Streets Maintenance Supervisor – (530) 542-6030 Background: The mission of the City of South Lake Tahoe Public Works Department is to operate and maintain the transportation network while ensuring that the network functions as safely and efficiently as possible. During wind, snow, and ice events, the Public Works Department conducts sanding operations, snow removal operations, anti/de‐icing, and selected road closures to mitigate hazardous traveling conditions and allow safer passage for vehicles, pedestrians, and bicyclists, to the extent possible.

Public Works Department city considers several factors for snow operations, including, but not limited to, the following:
• Public Safety
• The desire to maintain a safe and efficient streets and trail network • The ability to deliver emergency services
• Weather conditions, including temperature and snowfall amounts • Protection of City property and personal property
• Environmental impacts
• The amount of funds available for these activities
• The number and availability of personnel for these activities • Effectively allocating limited resources
The snow and ice removal objectives of the City are to:
• Assist police, fire, and emergency medical services in fulfilling their duties as needed • Provide safe conditions for pedestrians and motorists travel • Provide safe school bus route access for the School District • Provide safe public access to City facilities
• Provide active and operating storm drain and pump systems during storm events • Provide cost-effective snow and ice removal from public streets to the taxpayer • Reduce, to the best extent possible, economic losses to the City and businesses that can result from workers not being able to get to their jobs during storm events These goals and objectives have been documented in City's Snow and Ice Removal Plan (See Attachment 02).
741
Council Agenda Report March 14, 2023 Page 2 of 7
Public Works Department has created eight plowing zones (See Attachment 03):
• Gardner Mountain
• Tahoe Keys
• Tahoe Island
• Tahoe Sierra
• Al Tahoe
• Bijou
• Heavenly
• Stateline
Each zone is comprised of approximately the same length of roadways, all totaling about 255 lane miles. Currently, the Streets division assigns one operator per zone during either the day or night time operations. The current staffing includes 8-plow drivers, one sander/brine operator, and one supervisor for a minimum of 10 staff during day or night shift operations. Once all the streets have been plowed, Street Division moves to blow operations once the snowfall ends and the streets require widening. The process is typically very linear, i.e., the plowing operations are followed by the snow-blowing operations. Sanding/brine operations are continuous, especially for steep roadways and areas of potential skidding.

During snow/ice storm events, calls from the Police and Fire Departments regarding accidents, medical, or other emergency situations are given top priority. Upon request, the Streets Division will aid as necessary, which may delay service in a particular zone.

Currently, depending on storm severity and need, the typical operational period for snow removal is 12‐hour shifts. For lower severity storms, often one 8 or 12‐hour shift is all that is required. For storms in the higher intensity ranges, the operations typically call for continuous 12-hour shifts until the operation has been deemed complete.

Pedestrian walkways, City maintained-sidewalks, and paved bicycle trails are maintained by the Parks Maintenance Division, which currently includes 14.5 miles of bike and trails, plus City maintained sidewalks. The City strives to have all paved walkways, city-maintained sidewalks, and bicycle trails on city property and/or under city maintenance responsibility cleared within 12 hours post-storm. In addition, Parks Maintenance is also responsible for clearing the snow for City recreational facilities and the parking lot on Modesto Street. Public Works Facilities Division is responsible for Public Works and Development Services parking lots. Police, Fire, Airport parking lots as well as Lisa Maloff Way snow maintenance are contracted out.

In order to address City's mission and objective, the Public Works Department relies on permanent staff members in the Street Division, as well as transferring resources from the Facilities and Parks Maintenance division during the winter season (November to April) and hiring Seasonal Workers. Currently, the Street Division has 12 graders for Street Plowing, six (6) snow blowers, two Sanders/Brine Trucks, and several additional pieces of equipment, such as smaller trackless equipment, dump trucks, and a brine mixing tank. Parks Division also has other snow blowers, walk-behind snow blowers, and additional equipment to maintain the trails, sidewalks, and bike paths. Unfortunately, some equipment in both Streets and Parks Maintenance Divisions is aging and subject to daily breakdowns. These breakdowns have severe impacts on snow operations.
742
Council Agenda Report March 14, 2023 Page 3 of 7
Issue and Discussion: During the last snow season, it has become evident that the Street and Fleet Divisions could provide better service with more staff and additional and reliable equipment to provide a robust and satisfactory service to the public. The staff has been evaluating how to increase performance and provide the desired service to the public. As such, the Public Works Department has reviewed the Snow and Ice Removal Plan and has updated the plan and operational goals to include the following enhancements in the operational goals:
• Increase staffing for snow operations by hiring additional seasonal workers and assigning two (2) operators per zone during the evening shift and one (1) operator during the day shift. In addition, one sander or brine operator will work during the day and night shifts, plus one supervisor for each shift for the 28-snow operational crew. This would require hiring between 5 to 6 seasonal operators each season. Last year, the City hired one seasonal worker. To increase the number of applicants, the staff recommends using the current hourly rate for seasonal workers, MT V, Step 5, in the Maintenance Salary table, or approximately $36.78 per hour. (It is estimated that the additional pay and staff level will increase the seasonal workers’ budget needs by approximately $102,350. The seasonable budget request will be made during annual the budget approval). • The City crew will continue snow removal with two 12-hour shifts until all roads are substantially plowed.
• The City will strive to have all paved walkways, City-maintained sidewalks, and bicycle trails on City property and/or under City maintenance responsibility cleared within 12 hours post-storm. This work will be coordinated with the Street Division to avoid spillbacks. In addition, when necessary due to snow storage, snow will be hauled away and dumped at appropriate locations. The snow hauling will be either performed in-house or, if necessary, it would be contracted out.
• The City will utilize more brine treatment (without sanding) to pre-treat local streets prior to the snow event or post-treat after ice build-up to allow faster ice-clearing operations. This would require a dump truck (already in inventory) with a horizontal spray bar and brine tank to treat roadways at an accelerated rate. (Staff has ordered the spray bar and brine tank with the current budget at $27,948).
• Expand the outside contracting work for non-street operations to free up staffing for the proposed operational plan.
• Install Global Positioning Satellite (GPS) units on all snow operations equipment to collect management data to optimize plowing patterns and aid with training and response needs. (GPS was approved with last year's budget, and installation is under-way. The annual cost for the cellular service is approximately $6,800).
• Utilize a rover operator to address issues as they arise during the storm or post-storm events. This option is only available if a sufficient number of seasonable workers are hired.

To achieve these goals, the City needs additional snow equipment to expand the current fleet size. This equipment includes the following:
• Four (4) graders for plowing operations for a total fleet size of 16. This will allow two operators per zone.
• Two (2) specialized mid-size blowers.
• One trackless blower for Parks Maintenance for trails/bike path maintenance. 743
Council Agenda Report March 14, 2023 Page 4 of 7
The increase in driver operators will allow the Streets Division to complete the snow plowing during a 12-hour shift and continue to plow the streets with continuous snow operations or move to blowing operations when needed. This enhanced operational goal will address the needs of the community, and better service can be provided. During the last snow season, several of the blowers broke down continuously due to the age of the equipment, and on average, only three blowers were available. The new blowers are more versatile and can maneuver in narrower local streets. Due to the ordering timeline, the staff is recommending ordering this equipment to be available by November 2023.

In addition, staff recommends that the following areas/facilities be contracted out to maximize internal staffing allocation to snow operations:
• Fire Department (FS 1, 2, 3) and Training Center
• Police Department
• Development Services
• Public Works Department
• Recreation Center
• Ice Arena
• Museum, Art Center, Ambulance Parking area, and Senior Center • Auxiliary Boat Lot and Public Parking Lot on Modesto Ave. • Bijou Park
• Lisa Maloff Way and Airport Parking Lot
• Airport Apron and Taxiways
• City Maintained Sidewalks
The City currently contracts the Fire Department, Police Department, Lisa Maloff Way, and Airport Parking Lot. It is estimated that the increase in additional contracting work will be approximately $100,000, which will be requested during the annual budget review and approval.

Financial Implications: The City will purchase four graders and one trackless blower through the cooperative purchasing agreements, and two specialized mid-size snow blowers under Emergency Purchase justification as part of the Sole Source request as further described below.

The Fleet Division and Streets Division manager has evaluated several pieces of equipment and has recommended the following list of equipment and contracting processes:

1. One (1) Trackless Snow Blower for Parks Maintenance for $167,680.54, including sales tax and freight, from Shafer Equipment Company, inc. of Sparks, NV, through Houston Galveston Area Council (HGAC) Cooperative Agreement (See Attachment 04).

2. Four (4) John Deer Graders at $542,090.19 each for a total of $2,168,360.76, including sales tax and freight, from Pape Machinery, of Sparks, NV, through Sourcewell Cooperative Agreement (See Attachment 05).

3. Two (2) Zaugg Rolba 3000 Snow Blowers at $600,106 each for a total of $1,200,212, including sales tax and freight, from Hardline Equipment of Henderson, CO, based on Emergency Purchase sole-source justification for specialized equipment, per City Code SLTCC § 3.45.070 (See Attachment 06). The Zaugg snow blowers are manufactured by Zaugg AG Eggiwil in Switzerland. The Fleet Division Manager contacted the manufacturer and was advised of the limited dealers in the US and Canada for this equipment.

Additionally, the timeline for manufacturing and delivering the equipment is over six 744
Council Agenda Report March 14, 2023 Page 5 of 7
months. In order to receive this equipment before the next snow removal season, the staff is requesting the emergency (exigency) purchase authorization to order this equipment now to be received by November this year. The Fleet Division Manager received four (4) quotes from dealers in US and Canada, as shown in Table A (See Attachment 07).

Table A
The Zaugg Snow Blowers are powerful, yet versatile and maneuverable equipment, suitable for local roads in South Lake Tahoe. The Overall length is only 24ft and 8.5ft wide, a compact unit for all the narrow streets. The snow blower is powered by a Tier 4 final Cummins Diesel engine with 600 hp and a mechanical drive to the blower head. It has a two-speed gearbox for the blower head and the hydrostatic drive system with the ability to tilt the blower head forward for better cutting of the ice pack. The all-wheel steering with a good spot chute for placing snow. It has a cab lift for better operator vision over snow banks and serviceability. The Fleet Manager and Street/Snow Operations Managers have evaluated these units, and have tested the unit in Mammoth, CA. (See Attachment 08 for Technical Specs).

The total cost for the proposed equipment is $3,536,254.30.

The purchase of this equipment can be financed as follows:

1. Unallocated Snow Removal Equipment 208 Fund Balance: $300,000

2. Unencumbered Fund 208 budget: $103,500

3. Unencumbered Fund 210 budget: $189,577

4. Measure S Funds: $243,177.30

5. Financed: $2,700,000.00
The financing portion of this equipment purchase is being finalized. The Finance Department solicited quotes for interest rates from three banks and financial institutions and received the lowest rate of 4.099% for a five-year term with semi-annual payments to commence in September 2023. The financing package is being finalized and will be presented for the City council’s approval at the March 28th, 2023 meeting along with the budget appropriations for the first semiannual debt service payment of approximately $301,360 due in September. The funding source for the repayment of this lease financing for the next five years will be Measure S Sales Tax revenue with a total annual debt service requirement of $602,720. This amount will be budgeted during the regular annual budget process. The Summary of Terms and Conditions for the proposed financing with the rate locked in for 45 days is provided as Attachment 09 for this agenda item.

The following budget amendments are requested by the accompanying resolution at this city council meeting:

Rank Dealer Location Quote Per
Unit
1 Hardline Equipment Henderson, CO $600,106
2 Boris Enterprise Ltd Kelowa, BC, Canada $604,165
3 Power Equipment Denver, CO $625,915
4 Northern Truck Equipment Sioux Falls, ND $636,790
745
Council Agenda Report March 14, 2023 Page 6 of 7
By the requested resolution the City Council will authorize placing orders on all proposed equipment. The total available expenditures budget in the Snow Removal Equipment account 208-03610-46110 after the above budget adjustments along with the previously listed unencumbered budgeted amount of $103,500 is $836,254 which is sufficient to pay the trackless blower invoice anticipated to be due 3/20/2023 in the amount of $167,680. The rest of the equipment is anticipated be to delivered with payments due by or around November 1st of this year. The remaining expenditures budget adjustment of $2,700,000 for the total equipment purchase of $3,536,254 will be requested at the next council meeting along with the approval of the financing documents as follows:

Environmental Considerations: This purchase is not a "project" subject to review under the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) under CEQA Guidelines section 15378(b)(2) (continuing administrative or maintenance activities, such as purchases for supplies).

Policy Implications: The purchase of the equipment will improve the Snow Operational Plan for the City.

REVENUE EXPENSE
Fund/Account Description (Increase)/Decrease Increase/(Decrease) Measure S and Vehicle Replacement Fund 210
210-03010-36374 Reduce transfer in from Measure S 189,577 210-03010-46130 Reduce expenditures in Vehicles (189,577) 102-01511-50004 Reduce transfer out to Vehicle Replacement (189,577) Measure S and Snow Removal Equipment Fund 208
208-03610-36374 Increase transfer in from Measure S (189,577) 208-03610-36374 Increase transfer in from Measure S (additional) (243,177) 208-03610-46110 Increase expenditures in Machinery and Equipment 189,577 208-03610-46110 Increase expenditures in Machinery and Equipment (additional) 243,177 208-03610-46110 Increase expenditures from avail. Fund balance 300,000 102-01511-50058 Increase transfer out to Snow Removal Equipment 189,577 BUDGET AMENDMENTS TO BE REQUESTED AT 3/28/2023 COUNCIL MEETING

REVENUE EXPENSE
Fund/Account Description (Increase)/Decrease Increase/(Decrease) Snow Removal Equipment Fund 208
208-03610-36403 Proceeds from sale of notes/debt (2,700,000) 208-03610-46110 Machinery & Equipment 2,700,000
Debt Service Fund 401
401-01910-36374 Transfer in from Measure S for debt service (301,361) 401-01910-47010 Principal payment 246,024
401-01910-47020 Interest Payment 55,337
Measure S Sales Tax Fund 102
102-01511-50009 Transfer to Debt Service - Snow Removal Equipment Financing 301,361 746
Council Agenda Report March 14, 2023 Page 7 of 7
The vehicle and equipment contemplated herein will be purchased through Cooperative Purchasing Contract and under the public exigency Sole Source option. City Code Section

3.45.090 allows for Cooperative Purchasing: "Where another governmental agency performs a solicitation and/or bid process for the City and/or multiple agencies or jurisdictions, and where the purchase of materials, supplies, and equipment is based on an agreement or cooperative purchasing program pursuant to authority granted by statute or ordinance, pursuant to a contractual arrangement between the City and said the governmental agency, or pursuant to a determination by the city manager that the governmental agency conducted a competitive bidding process, the City may purchase materials, supplies and equipment based upon the governmental agency's solicitation and/or bid process without complying with the bidding requirements of this chapter. (Ord. 1069 § 1 (Exh. A); Ord. 1109 § 1 (Exh. A). Code 1997 § 22-8)". The Zaugg equipment is recommended for purchase through sole-source justification for the specialized equipment due to limited availability and lengthy period for manufacturing and delivery.

In addition there are no alternative EV technology available for these types of equipment. 747
Snow and Ice
Removal Plan
City of South Lake Tahoe Department of Public Works
The purpose of this plan is to convey policy and operational procedures for snow and ice control on public streets under the jurisdiction of the City of South Lake Tahoe. This plan will provide a uniform approach to snow removal, priorities, and procedures to be used in removing the accumulation of snow and ice on City streets, rights of way, and public property Updated March 14, 2023
748
Snow and Ice
Removal Plan
City of South Lake Tahoe Department of
Public Works
Mission Statement… .........................................................i Introduction…...................................................................2 City Policies… .................................................................. 3 Operational Goals…......................................................... 6 Storm Attributes…............................................................6 Storm Categories…........................................................... 8 Priorities.......................................................................... 9 Pre‐Season…................................................................... 12 Coordination….................................................................13 Anti‐Icing and Sanding Operations….............................. 14 Plowing/BlowingOperations….........................................16 Contracted Work…..........................................................17 Mission
Statement
The mission of the City of
South Lake Tahoe Public
Works Department is to
operate and maintain the
transportation network
while ensuring that the
network functions as
safely and efficiently as
possible. During wind,
snow, and ice events, the
Public WorksDepartment
conducts sanding
operations, snow removal
operations, anti/de‐icing,
and selected road
closures to mitigate
hazardous travelling
conditions and allow safer
passage for vehicles,
pedestrians, and
bicyclists, to the extent
possible
1 749
Introduction
Overview
The City of South Lake Tahoe lies at an elevation of 6,237 feet above sea level on the eastern side of the Crystal Range of the Sierra Nevada. The proximity of the City to the lee side of the range provides orographic impact often resulting in significant snowfall from storm tracks originating from the Pacific Ocean.

The registered population of the City (2021) is 21,414.

The City’s roadway and paved trail network consist of the following Quantities:
 129 centerline miles of roadway
 255 lane miles of roadway
 14.5 miles of Class 1 paved bike trails
Purpose
The purpose of this plan is to convey operational procedures for snow and ice control on municipal streets and paved assets under the jurisdiction of the City of South Lake Tahoe. This plan will provide a uniform understanding of the priorities, and procedures used in managing and removing the accumulation of snow and ice on City streets, rights of way and public property.

Plan Considerations
In developing the plan for how to best undertake winter maintenance activities, the city considers several factors including, but not limited to the following:
 Public safety.
 The desire to maintain a safe and efficient streets and trail network.  The ability to deliver emergency services.
 Weather conditions including temperature and snowfall amounts.  Protection of City property and personal property.
 Environmental impacts.
 The amount of funds available for these activities.
 The number and availability of personnel for these activities.  Effectively allocating limited resources.

Objective
The snow and ice removal objectives of the city are to:
 Assist police, fire, and emergency medical services in fulfilling their duties as needed.  Provide safe conditions for pedestrians and motorists travel.  Provide safe school bus route access for the School District.  Provide safe public access to City facilities.
 Provide active and operating storm drain and pump systems during storm events.  Provide cost‐effective snow and ice removal from public streets to the taxpayer.  Reduce, to the best extent possible, economic losses to the city and businesses that can result from workers not being able to get to their jobs during storm events. 2 750
City Policies
The following city codes address snow operations and the responsibility of the residents and visitors.

City Code § 7.05.560 Maintenance of sidewalks and walkways.

It shall be the duty of all owners, and their tenants, of real property within the city whose property borders, is adjacent to, or is in a city right‐of‐way encompassing any improved sidewalk or walkway to maintain the sidewalk or walkway in a safe condition for its use by pedestrians and other members of the public. The duty created by this section shall include the duty to keep the sidewalk or walkway substantially free and clear of all dirt,sand, gravel, filth, rubbish, ice and snow. (Ord. 1023 § 1 (Exh.

A); Ord. 1041 § 1 (Exh. A). Code 1997 § 26‐50)
City Code § 7.05.570 Snow maintenance.

During a snow event, owners and their tenantsshall ensure that the sidewalk or walkway asset forth in SLTCC 7.05.560 herein is substantially free and clear of snow and ice within the following time frames:

1. Within 12 hours after the end of a snow event.

2. Within each 24‐hour period during a snow event ifsuch event is of a duration greater than 24 hours.

3. Whenever the accumulation ofsnow and/or ice creates a condition that is dangerousto property or to persons using the sidewalk or walkway in a reasonable manner and whenever such condition interferes with the public convenience in and the use of said sidewalk or walkway area. (Ord. 1041 § 1 (Exh. A). Code 1997 § 26‐51)
City Code § 7.05.440 Owners’/occupants’ responsibilities.

It shall be the responsibility of residents, property owners, occupants, and/or their agents for snow removal of any berm across any encroachment, including but not limited to driveways,sidewalks, parking lots and other usesfor ingress or egress areas used to accessthe property, pursuant to SLTCC

7.05.230(C). (Ord. 998 § 1; Ord. 1041 § 1 (Exh. A); Ord. 1055 § 1 (Exh. B). Code 1997 § 26‐40.2) City Code § 7.05.500 Dumping of snow in right‐of‐way prohibited.

Snow may not be dumped, deposited, placed, or pushed into a city street. Snow removed from private property may not be piled so as to block or cover a fire hydrant, snow pole, street sign, culvert inlets and outlets, or other drainage structures. Violations of this section shall be deemed an infraction, punishable by a fine. (Ord. 906 § 2; Ord. 998 § 1; Ord. 1041 § 1 (Exh. A); Ord. 1055 § 1 (Exh. B). Code 1997 § 26‐46)
Mailboxes and other improvements in the right of way
City Code prohibits the placement of permanent and/or temporary improvement adjacent to right of way.

City Code § 7.05.520 Placement of permanent and/or temporary improvements adjacentto right‐of‐way.

No person shall place, construct, or maintain any permanent or temporary improvement or other obstruction on any parcel of real property in the city upon which snow is or may be placed for 3 751
purposes of city snow removal operations, unless otherwise provided herein. “Permanent or temporary improvements or other obstructions” shall include, but not be limited to, fences, walls, signs, trash enclosures and containers, landscape materials, irrigation systems, lighting fixtures, motor vehicles and/or trailers, driveway marker poles, mailboxes, and other similar improvements.

The provisions of this section shall not apply when one or more of the following conditions have first been met:

A. The improvement or obstruction isset back pursuant to SLTCC 6.10.210 through 6.10.280 (Article VI, Fences and Walls Design Standards);
B. Where a fence or wall has been constructed,said improvement has been marked at intervals not less than 10 feet with distinctively colored stakes or poles a minimum of eight feet in height with a reflector facing traffic affixed to the topmost portion thereof. Said stakes or markersshall be made of either wood or plastic and shall be put in place by the property owner not later than November 1st of each year and shall remain in place until May 1st of the following year. Any person electing to utilize this procedure shall additionally file with the director of public works or his/her designee a certificate executed by a licensed engineer that the fence, wall, or barrier can withstand the storage ofsnow on, in and around it in an amount equal to or greater than a pile eight feet in height without damage to the fence or wall;
C. Whenever driveway marker poles are erected to delineate a driveway,such markers have been located within the boundaries of private property and do not in any way protrude into the street right‐of‐way. Such markers shall be made of plastic or wood material, be a minimum of eight feet in height, and shall have a reflector facing traffic affixed to the topmost portion thereof;
D. Any damage sustained to any permanent or temporary improvement or other obstruction not meeting the requirements of subsections (A) through (D) of this section which is the result of snow removal operations shall be the sole responsibility of the property owner and the city shall bear no liability whatsoever therefor. (Ord. 906 § 2; Ord. 998 § 1; Ord. 1041 § 1 (Exh. A); Ord. 1055 § 1 (Exh. B). Code
1997 § 26‐47)
City Code § 7.05.540 Mailboxes.

All mailboxesshall be placed in accordance with the rules and regulations of the United States Postal Service, but no box shall be so placed within the road right‐of‐way asto endanger the life orsafety of the traveling public or interfere with snow removal operations. A permit is not required for the placing of mailboxes. The city is not liable in the event of damage to any box placed in the street right‐of‐way.

It shall be the responsibility of the resident/property owner and/or their agents to clear snow and snow berms to enable U.S. Postal Service employees’ access to mailboxes.

No mailbox shall be so placed within the road right‐of‐way as to endanger the life or safety of the traveling public. The city is not liable in the event of damage to any mailbox placed in the street right‐ of‐way. Persons must remove obstructions, including, but not limited to, vehicles, trash cans, and snow, that impede safe and efficient delivery. 4
752
Damage to snow removal vehicles caused by mailbox supports will be borne by the resident if the mailbox is not placed pursuant to this section.

Residents are responsible for clearing and maintaining mailbox accessfor delivery and ensuring that the mailbox is not placed in the public right‐of‐way. (Ord. 998 § 1; Ord. 1041 § 1 (Exh. A); Ord. 1055 § 1 (Exh. B). Code 1997
§ 26‐48.1)
Parking
Parking within certain streets during snow removal activities is not allowed, and the owner is subject to a fine of $200.00 and the vehicle may be towed. The owner will also be liable for towing and storage fees. City Code Sections 7.05.420;450 & 460 define parking during snow removal operations.

City Code § 7.05.420 Obstructing snow removal equipment prohibited.

Itshall be unlawful for any person to park, abandon, or otherwise leave unattended any vehicle or trailer, as defined in Section 670 of the California Vehicle Code, on any city right‐of‐way at any time or in any manner which will obstruct or hinder any city employee or city contractor during the snow season or which will leave any vehicle in such a position that it is subject to damage by city employees or city contractors engaged in snow removal operations. This provision shall not prohibit the stopping of passenger vehicles for periods of time sufficient to load or discharge passengers from such vehicles.

Owners of vehicles parked in violation of this article shall be subject to citation or towing. Owners of vehicles parked in violation of this article shall also be held liable for any damage to snow removal equipment which may occur due to contact with said vehicle. The city of South Lake Tahoe shall not be liable for damage to any vehicles or property parked in violation of this article. Snow removal operationsshall be deemed completed atsuch time asthe full width of the street right‐of‐ way has been restored. (Ord. 906 § 2; Ord. 998 § 1; Ord. 1041 § 1 (Exh. A); Ord. 1055 § 1 (Exh. B). Code 1997 § 26‐40)
City Code § 7.05.450 Vehicles parked/stopped during snow removal operations – Violation and declared nuisance.

Any vehicle which is found to be stopped, parked, abandoned, or otherwise left unattended in violation of SLTCC 7.05.420 is hereby declared to be an obstruction to the snow removal operations and is an infraction punishable by a fine which shall be set forth in a duly adopted resolution of the city council. Such violation is hereby declared to be an obstruction of the public streets which shall constitute a nuisance, which may be abated in accordance with SLTCC 7.05.460. (Ord. 906 § 2; Ord. 998 § 1; Ord. 1041 § 1 (Exh. A); Ord. 1055 § 1 (Exh. B). Code 1997 § 26‐41) City Code § 7.05.460 Vehicles parked/stopped during snow removal operations – Removal to abate nuisance.

In the event any vehicle isstopped, parked, abandoned or left unattended in violation of SLTCC 7.05.420 and 7.05.450, any police officer or other city employee granted authority to issue citations pursuant to SLTCC 1.10.010 is hereby authorized to remove or cause to be removed any such vehicle and to have such vehicle towed or otherwise removed to any public or private garage or parking area and to have such vehicle stored in such garage or parking area at the owner’s expense until claimed by the owner. (Ord. 906 § 2; Ord. 998 § 1; Ord. 1041 § 1 (Exh. A); Ord. 1055 § 1 (Exh. B).

Code 1997 § 26‐42)
4 5
753
Operational Goals
Level of Service
It is the expectation of our citizens that the City will keep all the city streets sufficiently passable during and following a winter weather event. To accomplish this, the City will provide, to the extent reasonably possible, effective, and efficient measures consistent with generally accepted snow removal standard practices to restore mobility.

Due to the many variables associated with winter weather, each event is unique. Factors that influence when and what measures we use include air and pavement temperatures, wind speed and direction, precipitation rate and type, snow density, time of onset, storm duration, and traffic activity. Availability of equipment, personnel, and materials are also key factors that affect the effectiveness of snow fighting efforts.

Snow and ice control measures are directed at achieving and maintaining relatively safe traffic movement on public streets within a reasonable timeframe. Therefore, efforts are first concentrated on the main arterials, collectors, and school and hospital streets that carry most of the traffic. Residential and other low‐volume streets and cul‐de‐sacs are secondary. The level of service is more accurately detailed in the Storm Category Section herein.

Operational Period
Depending on storm severity and need, the typical operational period for snow removal is 12‐ hour shifts. For lower severity storms, often one 8 or 12‐hour shift is all that is required. For storms in the higher intensity ranges, the operations typically call for continuous 12‐hour shifts until the operation has been deemed complete. The city crew will continue snow removal with two 12‐hour shifts until all roads are substantially plowed. The Director of Public Work will evaluate the extent of continuous plowing and provide a reasonable break to some or all operators due to safety and health reasons.

Pedestrian Walkways, Sidewalks, and Paved Bicycle Trails The city strives to have all paved walkways, city‐maintained sidewalks, and bicycle trails on city property and/or under city maintenance responsibility cleared within 12 hours post storm. For general sidewalk snow removal (non‐city responsibility), City Code sections 7.05.560 and 7.05.570 will be enforced. The property owners are responsible to maintain the sidewalks fronting their properties.

Note: Class II bicycle lanes within certain city streets may not be useable until such time the city completes pushback, widening, and snow‐blowing activities.

The city does not typically place traction abrasives on trails, sidewalks, and parking lots. Icing may be present, and caution is urged. It is recommended that the public wear appropriate footwear and use studded tires for bicycles.

Storm Attributes
Although each storm is different, there are some basic attributes of storm prediction that allow the department to pre‐plan operations accordingly. Operational services may be affected by 5 6
754
weather and human‐based attributes such as air and pavement temperatures, visibility, precipitation rate and type, snow/water ratio, snow density, time of onset, storm duration, equipment and resource availability, and traffic activity.

Intensity
Intensity is provided via two parameters. visibility (probability that the surface visibility is 1/2, 1/4, or 1/8 of a mile or less in winter precipitation); and precipitation rate (probability the winter precipitation rate is at least 1, 2, or 3" per hour). See Table below.

Precipitation Rate
Snow will often accumulate at a rate of 0.5 inches an hour. Snow falling at over 1 inch per hour may lead to moderate to heavy disruption of transportation and travel. More than 2 inches per hour will invariably lead to significant disruption of transportation and travel.

Snow‐to‐Liquid Ratios
Snow quality, such as 'light and fluffy' or 'heavy and wet', are defined by the snow‐to‐liquid ratio.

The snow‐to‐liquid ratio is highly dependent upon air and surface temperature.  A ratio of less than 10:1 will be very heavy wet snow. Depending on the depth, this snow will be very hard to move in significant quantity making plowing operations very difficult and may significantly compromise equipment. Heavy wet snow will increase the operationaltimeline significantly and likely produce drainage issues in low lying and obstructed or ice dam areas. Upon re‐freeze, heavy rutting, icing, and solid impenetrable berms may occur.
 A ratio of 10:1 to 15:1 will be moderately heavy snow. Depending on the depth, this snow will be hard to move in significant quantity making plowing operations difficult and may compromise equipment. Operational timelines will increase significantly. Upon re‐ freeze, moderate rutting, icing, and solid berms may occur.  A ratio of 15:1 to 20:1 is lightto moderate‐weight snow. Very conducive to efficient plow operations. Moderate to heavy rutting or icing is not expected. Berms may occur but are manageable. Extended operational periods are diminished.  A ratio of greater than 20:1 will be incredibly light snow. Very conducive to highly efficient plowing operations. Equipment is not compromised. Pushback or widening 7 755
may not be required. Rutting is not expected. Some icing and slick roads are expected.

Berms will be very manageable. Extended operational periods are diminished significantly.

Storm Categories
The city categorizes winter storms into five levels of intensity and operational significance. The categories listed below have been developed by the City of South Lake Tahoe based on many years of plowing operations. The categories are based on predictions for one 24‐hour operational period. Operational procedures and service levels for predicted multi‐day events will be determined and categorized by the total predicted snowfall over the event timeline. The following presents information concerning the severity, and the general service level for each. For all storm categories, the City will endeavor to minimize the berm. However, the property owners are responsible for clearing any remaining berms. Berms may occur several times during continuous snow events and property owners are responsible for clearing all left‐over berms.  Category One (Less than 3”) are very minor storms and as such, operations are scaled back to provide mostly snow and ice control on Priority 1 and 2 roadways via plow‐ mounted sanding trucks. Graders, loaders, and blowers are not typically utilized, nor are plowing operations initiated on Priority 3 and 4 roadways unless warranted. Category One operations typically occur during daylight hours and may require one 8‐hour or one 12‐hour shift.
 Category Two (3” to 24”) are minor to moderate storms for our region typically providing light to moderate wind, minor visibility issues, and moderate accumulation rates. Category Two operations will likely require multiple 12‐hour operational shifts.

Operations will provide snow and ice control on all Priority 1,2,3 & 4 roadways.

Likelihood of delayed service into residential zones due to the amount of snow to push and re‐accumulation rates. Snow density and accumulation rates may dictate that travel lane width may be reduced for some time and only one travel lane width may be cleared on local roadways until such time the arterials and collector class roadways are safe and additional passes can be made. Some roads may be closed due to safety.  Category Three (24” to 36”) are considered moderate to major storms for our region.

Moderate to high winds are likely with reduced visibility and rapid snowfall accumulation.

Transportation and driving will be compromised and restrictions for travel will likely be in place. Schools and public facilities are likely to be closed. Likelihood of delayed service to residential zones increases due to the amount of snow to push and re‐accumulation rates.

Plow gates may not be able to contain some or all the snow, and snow berms are almost certain. Potential for equipment failure increases significantly. Operations will provide snow and ice control on all Priority 1,2,3 & 4 roadways with a higher priority given to arterials and collector class roadways. Priority 3 & 4 roadways may see considerable delay in service as operations may focus on specific arterial and collector class roadways serving medical and public safety facilities and corridor specific travel. Certain roadways may be closed due to safety concerns. Lane widths will be compromised until pushback and/or blowing occurs. Category Four operations will require continuous 12‐hour operational shifts.
7 8
756
 Category Four (36” to 72”) are considered major storms for our region with heavy snowfall accumulation rates, high winds, near zero visibility, structural damage, and avalanche potential. Power outages and utility failures may be likely. Transportation and driving will be compromised and restrictions for travel will certainly be in place. Schools and public facilities are likely to be closed. Services into residential zones will certainly be delayed due to the amount of snow to push and re‐accumulation rates. The potential for equipment failure increases significantly. Operations will provide snow and ice control on all Priority 1 & 2 roadways only until they are safe enough to warrant travel into Priority 3 & 4 roadways unless requested by public safety services. PLOW CUTOFF GATES WILL NOT BE UTILIZED ON THE FIRST AND SECOND PASSES ON ALL ROUTES. Expect extended delayed service to residential areas. Operations may focus on specific arterial and collector‐class roadways serving medical and public safety facilities. Many roadways may be closed due to safety concerns. Street signs, traffic signs, and controls may be buried until post storm clean up. Lane widths will be compromised for some time, and local roads may only have a single travel lane until pushback and/or blowing occurs. Category Four operations require continuous 12‐hour operational shifts.

Priorities
Scope of Responsibility
The City of South Lake Tahoe Public Works Operations staff is responsible for snow and ice control on municipal streets within the city limits.
 The federal highway segments and portions of state routes within the city limits are handled by the California Department of Transportation (Caltrans) District 3.  The city does not remove snow and ice from private streets, parking lots or driveways.  The city is not responsible for snow and ice control on sidewalks or paved trails except those immediately abutting or within municipal facilities or properties.  Airport runway, parking areas, and accessory areas are handled by the Airport division of Public Works.
 City parking lots, sidewalks and paved bike trails are handled by the Parks & Recreation Department.

Zones
The city has eight plowing zones:
 Gardner Mountain
 Tahoe Keys
 Tahoe Island
 Tahoe Sierra
 Al Tahoe
 Bijou
 Heavenly
 Stateline
During snow/ice storm events, calls from the Police and Fire Departments regarding accidents, medical or other emergency situations are given top priority. Upon request, the Public Works Operations Division will aid as necessary which may delay service in a particular zone. 9 757
Because of the high priority assigned to snow and ice control, almost all other Public Works operations become secondary to snow removal activities.

PRIORITY 1 ‐ Arterial ‐ 16.50 total lane miles not including turn lanes, shoulders and pull outs.

Arterial class roadways are intended to provide links across several neighborhoods or parts of the city and typically connect the city to adjacent jurisdictions. Arterial Roads are categorized as Priority 1 roadways for snow removal. The following roadways are classified as Arterial:
 Lake Tahoe Blvd. – City Limits to Hwy 89/50
 Al Tahoe Blvd. – Pioneer Trail to Hwy 50
 Heavenly Village Way – Hwy 50 to Montreal Road
 Park Avenue – Pine Blvd to Hwy 50
 Pine Blvd. – Park Ave. to Stateline Ave.
 Pioneer Trail – City limits to Hwy 50
 Saddle Road – Wildwood Rd. to Keller Rd.
 Ski Run Blvd. – Saddle Rd. to Hwy 50
 Wildwood Ave – Saddle Rd to Needle Peak Rd.

Note: US Hwy 50 and State Hwy 89 are not controlled nor maintained by the City of South Lake Tahoe.

PRIORITY 2 ‐ Collector – 41.58 total lane miles not including turn lanes, shoulders, parking zones and pull outs
Collector Class Roads are intended to link neighborhoods to arterial streets. Collector Class roadways are categorized as Priority 2 roadways for snow removal. The following streets are classified as collectors:
 10TH Street – Julie Ln. to Hwy 89
 12TH Street – Hwy 89 to Tahoe Island Dr.
 15TH Street – Hwy 89 to Venice Dr.
 3RD Street – Hwy 50 to Washington Avenue
 3RD Street – Hwy 50 to South Ave. * Priority Plowing ‐ Hospital  Ala Wai Blvd. – Tahoe Keys Blvd. to Monterey Dr.
 Alameda Ave. – Oakland Ave. to Bellevue Ave.
 Bellevue Ave. – El Dorado Ave. to Lakeview Ave.
 Blackwood Rd. – Pioneer Tr. to Glenwood Way.
 Chonokis Rd. – Pioneer Tr. to Montreal Rd.
 D St. – Lake Tahoe Blvd. to Hwy 50
 El Dorado Ave. – Oakland Ave to Bellevue Ave.
 Fairway Ave. – Johnson Blvd. to Glenwood Way.
 Fresno Ave. El Dorado Ave. to Lakeview Ave.
 Glenwood Way. – Pioneer Tr. to Fairway Ave.
 Herbert Ave. – Blackwood Rd to Lloyd Ave.
 Johnson Blvd. – Al Tahoe Blvd to Hwy 50 *Priority Plowing ‐ Police Dept.  Julie Ln. – Lake Tahoe Blvd. to 13th St.
 Keller Rd. – Saddle Rd. to Pioneer Tr.
 Lakeshore Blvd – Park Ave to Stateline Ave.
 Lakeview Ave. – Berkeley Ave. to Hwy 50
 Lily Ave. – .07M W/Bellevue Ave. to Bellevue Ave.
10 758
 Los Angeles Ave. – Argonaut Ave. to Hwy 50
 Lyons Ave – Hwy 50 to Rufus Allen Blvd.
 Martin Ave ‐ CL .03M N/Barbara Ave. to O’Malley Dr.
 Montreal Rd. – Chonokis Rd. to NV Stateline
 Needle Peak Rd. – Ski Run Blvd. to Wildwood Ave.
 Oakland Ave. – S End to Lakeview Ave.
 O’Malley Dr. – Martin Ave. to Carson Ave.
 Park Ave. – Beach Rd. to Pine Blvd.
 Rubicon Trail – Hwy 50 to 707’ S of Springwood Dr.
 Rufus Allen Blvd. – Lyons Ave. to Hwy 50
 Silver Dollar Ave. – Hwy 50 to Springwood Dr.
 Ski Run Blvd. – Hwy 50 to Ski Run Marina
 South Ave. – Melba to 3rd St. * Priority Plowing ‐ Hospital  Springwood Dr. – Silver Dollar Ave. to Rubicon Trail
 Stateline Ave. – Lakeshore Blvd. to Hwy 50
 Tahoe Island Dr. – Washington Ave to 12th St.
 Tahoe Keys Blvd. – Hwy 50 to Ala Wai Blvd.
 Tamarack Ave. – Blackwood Rd. to Pioneer Tr.
 Thirteenth St. – Julie Ln. to Eloise Ave.
 Treehaven Dr. ‐ END .04M W/Fremont Ave to Johnson Blvd.  Venice Dr. – 15th St. to Tahoe Keys Blvd.
 Washington Ave. – Tahoe Island Dr. to Tahoe Keys Blvd.  Wildwood Ave. – Pioneer Tr. to Lake Tahoe Blvd.

PRIORITY 3 & 4 Local Class roads – 196.65 total lane miles Local Class Roads (residential) are intended to provide access to individual properties within neighborhoods. Local classified roads are categorized as Priority 3 roadways for snow removal except for local roads containing cul‐de‐sacs and/or dead ends, in which case those roads are categorized as Priority 4 roadways for snow removal.

Local class roads are defined as all roads within the city not included above as Arterial and Collector classification (Priority 1 & 2).

Parking lots may also be contained within Priority 3&4 operations. Once all roads have been cleared, staff will begin the process of removing snow and ice from certain parking lots that operate year‐round and are under the specific maintenance function of the city.

Pedestrian Walkways, Sidewalks, and Paved Bicycle Trails The city strives to have all paved walkways, city‐maintained sidewalks, and bicycle trails on city property and/or under city maintenance responsibility cleared within 12 hours post‐storm. For general sidewalk snow removal (non‐city responsibility), City Code sections 7.05.560 and

7.05.570 will be enforced. The property owners are responsible to maintain the sidewalks fronting their properties.

Class II bicycle lanes within certain city streets may not be useable until such time the city completes pushback, widening, and snow‐blowing activities.

The city does not typically place traction abrasives on trails, sidewalks, and parking lots. 9 11
759
Icing may be present, and caution is urged when using the trails and walks. It is recommended that the public wear appropriate footwear and use studded tires for bicycles.

Unmaintained Roads within the City
There are roads within the city that are either owned by other agencies, private or not maintained by the city. The roads/areas described below are not maintained by the city.  Adams Way
 Barbara Ave – El Dorado County
 Bijou Wagon Road – Private
 Bijou Street – Private
 Freel – Dirt Road – Private
 Emerald Bay Road (aka G Street Parallel to Hwy 50) ‐ Caltrans  Glen Road (upper portion) – Private Dirt Road
 Hamm Lane – Private
 Lighthouse Shores – Private
 Link Road – Private
 Lupine Way
 Nebelhorn Court
 Osgood Avenue – Ski Run to Sonora – Private
 Ski Run Blvd (above Saddle Road)
 Tahoe Meadows Subdivision ‐ Private
 Tahoe Verde Mobile Home Park
 Van Sickle Road
 US Hwy 50 ‐ Caltrans
 US Hwy 89 – Caltrans
 Viking Way ‐ LTUSD
The current paved roadway area for the city totals approximately 19,473,215 square feet and the 254.73 lane mile distance translates to the distance from roughly South Lake Tahoe to Santa Cruz California.

Pre‐Season
Season
The City of South Lake Tahoe considers November through April as the snow season. Typically, the city will have all permanent and seasonal staffing in place prior to November 1st.

Pre‐Season Route Inspection
Beginning in late August, Streets Division staff begins inventorying the zones and patterns for any issues that may present problems for snow fighting operations. Some of the issues that may occur are:
 Raised manholes or valve boxes
 Broken curb & gutter, damaged drop inlets
 Missing or damaged snow stakes
 Missing or damaged fire hydrant signage
 Damaged roadways (areas where peeling or raveling of the pavement may occur with 10 12
760
snowplow blade pressure).
 New construction (familiarization and marking of such) In addition to the inspection of physical assets, the department also issues notices to businesses and homeowners who are parking and/or placing items within the right‐of‐way or snow storage easements. This advanced warning provides owners the ability to move the items prior to being cited during snow removal operations.

Pre‐Season Storm Water Infrastructure Cleaning
In addition to the route inspection, the Streets Division will clean and service critical stormwater infrastructure in an effort to minimize flooding and/or issues related to the seasonal onset of heavy rain or rain‐on‐snow events.

Pre‐Season Equipment Inspection and Maintenance
Beginning in August, the city’s Fleet Services Division will begin the inspection and pre‐season maintenance of all snow removal equipment.

Materials and Supply In addition to the route and equipment inspections in August, staff will begin the purchasing of supplies required for the season. Supplies may include but not be limited to: Plow chains, cutting blades, hydraulic fluids and lines, equipment parts, tires, abrasives (sanding), snow staking supplies, signage supplies, and other materials required for safe and effective operations.

Operator Training
In September and October, prior to the start of the Snow Season, all personnel will be trained or refreshed on the operations of the equipment and the routes. The snow fighters will become familiar with the zones and patterns and will make several “dry runs” before the onset of snow to familiarize themselves with areas of concern. Snow fighters will be shown where snow can be pushed and safely stockpiled and where it cannot. All snow fighters will be sufficiently trained prior to deployment.

The city relies on a ratio of permanent employees and seasonal workers to create the snow fighter’s workforce. The permanent employees are responsible for training the new seasonal employees. Training typically encompasses several weeks prior to the onset of snow.

Coordination
Inter‐Department/Division Coordination
Snow removal operations are not limited to just the City’s operations group. The Department of Public Works is the responsible department regarding snow removal; however, the department relies on other departments and divisions for successful operations. The Public Works Director may authorize the use of additional resources when conditions warrant and may also institute a change of policy and procedure during emergency conditions.

Parks Maintenance
The Parks Division directly supports the operation and will be responsible for clearing trails, bike paths, and parking lots. Parks Division also provides resources to the Street Division to fully staff 11 13
761
the Streets Snow Operations. The Streets Division and Parks will coordinate the streets/trail’s snow operations to minimize any snow blowback onto the trails. At times, it may be necessary for either the Parks or Streets Division to haul off snow from locations with a lack of adequate snow storage.

Fleet Services Division
The Fleet Services Division directly supports the operation by maintaining and repairing snow removal equipment. Due to the size of the graders, loaders, and rotary blowers, many repairs are completed in the field at the location of breakdown often in somewhat dreadful conditions.

The Division maintains an inventory of backup equipment to be ready for implementation to keep the operations running. The Division also maintains all public safety equipment and vehicles throughout the event.

The Fleet Services Division staff work the same continuous 12‐hour shifts as the snow fighters throughout the event timeline.

Community Service Officers
Snow removal operational efficiency relies on the ability of the operator to be able to move freely within the roadways during operations, particularly during heavy‐intensity events. One of the most important aspects of an efficient operation is the clear uninterrupted travel way for the snow fighters. Parked vehicles or obstructions in the travel way compromise the operator’s ability to clear the travel lane quickly and effectively. For each vehicle parked, the operator must navigate clearly around the vehicle while pushing snow and trying to avoid damage. Often, the operator will need to back up several times thus delaying service to the remaining roadways. This process of navigating parked vehicles or obstructions becomes extremely difficult in deep snow or packed/rutted roadways.

The City’s Community Service Officers (CSO) provide the Public Works Division with the help to clear obstructions in the right of way. Many times, the CSO will be able to contact owners and resolve the issue so that the next pass of the plow is uninterrupted or the CSO may ticket and solicit towing of the vehicle.

The CSO will assist with a citation for illegally parked vehicles prior to any snow event and tow vehicles when necessary. Community Service Officers play a key role in the success of the operation.

Public Safety – Fire and Police
The Fire and Police Departments are critical to an effective and safe operation. Often, the police and fire personnel are the “eyes” of the operation. Relaying information about road conditions, accidents, closures, and obstructions to plow operators. The Fire Department will assist with removing trees or branches blocking snow operations when feasible. The police department also assists the Public Works Department with accident or damage investigations. 12 12
762
City Manager’s Office (Press Information Officer)
Before, during, and after operations, it is critical clear and concise information be provided to the public regarding preparation, operations, conditions, and cleanup. The Public Works Department works closely with the city’s Public Information Officer (PIO) to update social media and news platforms as needed before, during, and after the event.

Cal Trans & El Dorado County
In some areas of the city, the roadways intersect State or County roadways. Pre‐season coordination with the respective agencies defines responsibility regarding intersection plowing, snow storage, abrasives control, snow hauling, etc.

Anti‐Icing and Sanding Operations
Anti‐Icing Operations:

This is a new operational procedure for the City of South Lake Tahoe and is used sparingly, and only on Arterial and Collector class roadways. Anti‐icing is a pre‐storm treatment applied to the roadway prior to the onset of a storm, providing temperatures are conducive. The treatment consists of a spray application of water and salt brine and must be applied. The brine adheres to the road surface prior to the onset of moisture effectively lowering the freeze point of the treated area. The brine operation will also be performed after ice build‐up to allow easier removal of the ice. This prevents snow from bonding to the pavement early in the storm cycle.

Storm prediction regarding temperature, humidity, duration, and intensity dictates whether or not anti‐icing operations are implemented. The Streets Manager will use the above‐mentioned weather information along with the State of California, Department of Transportation (Caltrans), to determine optimal application conditions. Once it is concluded the conditions are appropriate, vehicles with a mounted distribution tank will begin to apply the mixture to most arterial and some collector‐class roadways prior to the onset of the storm.

Studies by El Dorado County and Caltrans have shown that the pre‐storm use of brine allows for up to 4 times less salt to be used to remove ice once it has formed on roadways. Through proper application of brine as a pre‐storm treatment, less rock salt may need to be added to the sand mix in the future. El Dorado County utilizes an application of 20 gallons per mile, using a 23.5% salt mix in the brine solution. This brine mix has been shown to be effective in the prevention of ice as a pre‐treatment, and to assist with deicing in quantities lower than currently used in the rock salt added to the sand mix. Increased use of brine will result in less salt applied overall. The use of brine has been studied and developed with support from the Tahoe Regional Planning Agency and Lahontan Regional Water Quality Control Board as an effective way of reducing the need for sand and rock salt in traction and deicing operations for public safety.

Sanding and Brine Operations:

Sanding and brine operations are very important in providing safety to key micro‐zones of the city. Plow blade pressure can provide an icy glaze on roadways and snow melt re‐freeze provides dangerous icy conditions. Scale of ice conditions vary according to temperature and humidity conditions.
13 14
763
Sanding is really nothing more than applying an abrasive material to the roadway surface that helps with the traction of vehicles at icy or glazed sections of the roadway. A salt and sand mixture (abrasive) is applied to the sanding patterns which may include hills, curves, poor drainage areas, bridges, and public facilities and access points.

Sanding operations are mostly continuous operations throughout a storm cycle, and the operation can be modified to adapt to changing conditions, police or fire request, special events, accidents, etc.

While public safety is paramount in sanding operations, the City is aware that traction sand has been identified as a significant contributor to fine sediment particles (FSP) in urban runoff, which are the primary pollutant impacting the clarity of Lake Tahoe. Under the Lake Tahoe Total Maximum Daily Load (TMDL) and the City ‘s Pollutant Load Reduction Plan (PLRP), the City carefully controls the application of abrasives by focusing on sanding at key intersections, steep road segments, areas with drainage issues, and areas critical to public safety (busy intersections, near schools, major tourist thoroughfares to the Heavenly California Base Lodge). Based on sand specification refinements developed by El Dorado County and Caltrans, the City switched from volcanic cinder abrasives prone to pulverization to a more durable washed granitic sand in order to protect the water quality in Lake Tahoe. Targeted and strategic spot sanding, the use of washed granitic sand, and deployment of the Epoke sander to allow for carefully controlled application of wetted sand to ensure reduced bounce and scatter are all part of the City’s effort to both provide for public safety while controlling a major source of FSP that has been shown to impair the clarity of Lake Tahoe.

To recover traction sand abrasives in accordance with the Lake Tahoe TMDL and PLRP, the City continues to aggressively sweep spot sanding locations as soon as possible after abrasive application once the roadways are generally free of snow and ice. The City utilizes regenerative air sweepers to recover sand between storms to reduce the amount of traction sand that can be pulverized by vehicle travel and mobilized during runoff events. Sweeper recovery amounts, locations and effectiveness is a major part of the TMDL compliance process.

Plowing/Blowing Operations
Plowing Operations
Each plowing operation is subject to the storm severity category, and the roadway priority procedures as to the method. Once a plowing operation has been instituted, the operators will plow their assigned zone and route unless otherwise directed. All eight (8) plow zone operations will typically begin at the same time with two operators during the night shift and one operator during the day shift, for each zone. In addition, one sander or brine operator will work during the day shift and during the night shift, plus one supervisor for each shift for a total of the 28‐snow operational crew. The time to complete a zone/route is dependent upon multiple factors; air and pavement temperatures, visibility, precipitation rate and type, snow/water ratio, snow density, time of onset, storm duration, equipment and resource availability, and traffic activity.

During the initial pass, the operator will make every effort to push all snow to the curb or edge of the pavement allowing the maximum travel lane widths. In the event of Category 3,4, and 5 events, the initial pass may only provide reduced travel lanes or in extreme cases, one travel lane. 14 15 764
During the event’s operational timeline which may be multiple continuous 12‐hour shifts, the operator(s) will make repeated passes through the zone/route pushing back the snow and widening the travel lane at each pass if conditions warrant. Once all streets are opened‐up and travel lanes have been established, then the push‐back operation is implemented. The objective of the push‐back operation is to push the snow back as far as possible to allow storage space in the right‐of‐way for future storms. Often, this operation pushes the snow onto shoulders and/or snow storage easements.

Rotary Operations
Once the right‐of‐way is at capacity for snow storage, the city begins utilizing rotary snowblowers to cut the snowbanks from the edge of the travel way. The resulting vertical cut of the banks allows for full use of the paved travel lanes. The rotary machines cut and blow the snow onto the adjacent snow storage easements parallel to the right of way. The snow storage easements vary city‐wide but are typically 15’ to 20’ in width beyond the right‐of‐way line.

The rotary operation is a continuous 12‐hour shift operation and typically begins after all roads have been plowed.

The rotary operations are extremely slow, with moving speeds of only 1 to 3 mph. Depending on storm severity, It takes much longer to cut banks and widen the travel ways than it does to plow them. All eight (8) snow removal zones are subject to cutting and widening, though the city only owns and operates 5 blowers. Additionally, the machines are quite noisy, and this noise can be disturbing to some, but due to the size and scale of the operation, the slow speed, and the limited equipment resources, the operation cannot be limited to just daytime hours.

Complicating the rotary process is the consequence of buried debris and materials left in the shoulder/edge of the pavement area which jam or break the cutting blades and drivetrain forcing repair. In heavy winters, our operators have hit buried cars, snowmobiles, shopping carts, trash cans, signposts, mailboxes, stakes, logs, downed trees, and many other elements that unfortunately take the machine out of service for some time, and considerably delay service to the remaining zones.

Cut off Gates and Driveways
The City’s graders are equipped with cut‐off gates. Cut‐off gates are not required by law or code and many of the public agencies in the region do not use cut‐off gates. However, as a courtesy, the City of South Lake Tahoe will use cut‐off gates when practical, to help reduce the impact of a storm on the property owner’s driveway encroachment. The cut‐off gate allows the operator to lower the gate attempting to restrict snow from creating berms while plowing adjacent to driveway approaches or access points.

Maintenance of private access or driveway shall be the responsibility of the property owner. The city plow operator(s) cannot go onto private property to clear, push, or remove snow. To provide for an efficient operation, plow operators will not drop the cutoff gate at driveways that are not marked and maintained according to city standards (see City Code Section 7.05.520 (C) below).

Property owners must mark their driveways with visible snow poles and continuously maintain their driveways throughout the season. If homeowners are planning to be away from their homes during winter periods, it is highly recommended that the property owners arrange to have snow 1614
765
and berm removal performed in their absence. Large berms can form in unmaintained driveways over the course of multiple snow events.

Unfortunately, there is no feasible technique, skill, or equipment to prevent the possible creation of berms in front of driveways and access points when plowing. The cut‐off gates serve to minimize berms as much as possible, but not eliminate them. Berms are inevitable when managing snow removal. Too many variables exist to ensure that the plow does not leave a berm.

Location of the driveway, proximity to the next driveway, the width of driveway, proximity to intersections and snow push storage areas, depth of snow, snow density and water equivalent, etc. all contribute to berm potential.

Note: As storm severity increases, the higher the likelihood of berms at the driveway and access locations. Category 3, 4, & 5 storms will likely result in the creation of minor to major berms.

Contracted Work
The following areas/facilities are anticipated to be contracted out to maximize staffing allocation to snow operations:

1. Fire Department (FS 1, 2, 3) and Training Center

2. Police Department

3. Development Services

4. Public Works Department

5. Recreation Center

6. Ice Arena

7. Museum, Art Center, Ambulance Parking area, and Senior Center

8. Auxiliary Boat Lot and Public Parking Lot on Modesto Ave.

9. Bijou Park

10. Lisa Maloff Way and Airport Parking Lot

11. Airport Apron and Taxiways

12. City Maintained Sidewalks
17 766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814

SOLE SOURCE JUSTIFICATION REQUEST
soLE souRcE vENDoR: Hard line Equipment
ADDRESS: P.O. Box 39, Henderson, CO. 80640 PHONE NO. 303-288-8989 Two (2) Zaugg Robla Model 3000 Snow Blowers 1 2 0 0 21 2 ITEM TO BE PURCHASED: _________ COST:$_ , ___ , ___ _

1. Check reasons for sole source request:
_0_ Proprietary: The item is available only from a single source; the item is held under exclusive title, trademark, or copyright by a private person or company; a proprietary distributorship would also apply.
ll] Emergency Purchase: The public exigency or emergency for the requirement will not permit a delay resulting from competitive solicitation, per City Code SL TCC § 3.45.070 D Sole Source: After solicitation of several sources, competition is determined inadequate or no other items are known to exist which perform the same function.

D Federal Awards: when purchasing goods or services with Federal Funds where the Federal awarding agency expressly authorizes noncompetitive proposals in response to a written request from the City. (attach authorization to this form) D Standardization: The City requires the item(s) to standardize parts, design, quality, etc.

Explain:--------------------------------- Note: when using Federal Funds, you must have written authorization from the Federal Awarding agency if claiming sole source for Standardization purposes.

2. Describe the product or service and how it is unique or one-of-a-kind: ________ _ The Zaugg equipment is the preferred equipment for Streets/Snow Operations. It is necessary to order the equipment now to be delivered by Nov, 1, 2023.

3. Explain why the product/service is available from only one source and what avenues you pursued to confirm that th is is factual. This equipment is manufactured by Zaugg in Switzerland and Hardline Equipments the authorized dealer.

4. Can your requirements be modified to allow competitive products or services be used? Explain: No. Snowblowers of this type are limited and only certain equipment meet City's requirements.

REQUESTOR NAMEI DEPARTMENT: Phil Hardwood/Jerry Heath/PW Digital ly signed by Anush Anush NeJ·ad Nejad 3/1 /23
DEPARTMENT HEAD SIGNATURE: ~~'.~~~023030105:
11 :4
8 DATE: ______ _
FINANACE DEPT. a<:J: k.~nv~
fl..£> CITY ATTORNEY SIGNATURE: HeatherStroud(tAar2,20230925PST CITY MAN AG ER SIGN A TURE~oseplrvin (Mar 2, 2023 13:27 PST) ------------
DA TE: Mar 2, 2023
DA TE: Mar 2, 2023
DA TE: Mar 2, 2023
* Requests over $10,000 require City Manager's approval. Requests over $60,000 requires City Council's approval.
815
Zaugg_Sole-Source_Form
Final Audit Report
Created:

By:

Status:

Transaction ID:
2023-03-02
Andra Burnam ([email protected])
Signed
CBJCHBCMBAAl3qYnO3AX4SyUMPtwkJa124kZhV5fpGL
"Zaugg_Sole-Source_Form" History
0e Document digitally presigned by Anush Nejad ([email protected]) 2023-03-01 - 1:11:48 PM GMT- IP address: 128.92.139.178 ~ Document created by Andra Burnam ([email protected]) 2023-03-02 - 4:07:08 PM GMT- IP address: 128.92.139.178 2023-03-02
~ Document emailed to Olga Tikhomirova ([email protected]) for signature 2023-03-02 - 4:09:52 PM GMT
~ Email viewed by Olga Tikhomirova ([email protected]) 2023-03-02 - 4:58:40 PM GMT- IP address: 128.92.136.146 0'o Document e-signed by Olga Tikhomirova ([email protected]) Signature Date: 2023-03-02 - 4:59:49 PM GMT - Time Source: server- IP address: 128.92.136.146 ~ Document emailed to Heather Stroud ([email protected]) for signature 2023-03-02 - 4:59:50 PM GMT
~ Email viewed by Heather Stroud ([email protected]) 2023-03-02 - 5:24:21 PM GMT- IP address: 128.92.136.146 0'o Document e-signed by Heather Stroud (hstroud@cityofslt. us) Signature Date: 2023-03-02 - 5:25:00 PM GMT - Time Source: server- IP address: 128.92.136.146 ~ Document emailed to Joseph Irvin [email protected]) for signature 2023-03-02 - 5:25:02 PM GMT
~ Email viewed by Joseph Irvin [email protected])
2023-03-02- 6:46:50 PM GMT- IP address: 128.92.136.146
0'o Document e-signed by Joseph Irvin [email protected]) Signature Date: 2023-03-02 - 9:27:22 PM GMT - Time Source: server- IP address: 128.92.136.146 ■ Adobe Acrobat Sign
816
0 Agreement completed.
2023-03-02 - 9:27:22 PM GMT
Adobe Acrobat Sign
817
818
Proposal
Date
2/23/2023
No.
3284
Name / Address
City of South Lake Tahoe
Phil Harwood
Ship To
Po Box 39
Henderson, Co. 80640
P.O. No. Rep
RL
VIN # Body Model #
3004
Body S/N #
Total
Phone: 303-288-8989
Fax: 303-288-8787
www.hardlineequipment.com
Proposal Valid For 30 Days From Proposal Date
Item Qty U/M Description Rate Amount
Snow & Ice ZAUGG-Rolba R3000_5 tractor
6 Cylinder 4 stroke Diesel engine
Turbo charged with Intercooler
433 kW / 589 HP
Make: Cummins, Type X15
Exhaust emission: EuroMot stage V
-Battery main switch
-Rear fog light
-24/12V Converter
-Onboard tools
-Hinged motor cover
-wheelbase 2900mm
-Joystick operation
Painting:

Cabin and engine housing (standard): RAL 2011
orange
Cabin- and engine housing frame: RAL 9006 white
aluminum
Chassis (under waterline) and dashboard : RAL
7016 anthrazit-grey
Zulassung USA R3000
Hydraulic controls by Joystick w/ cabin lift 700mm
R3000
1 ea 508,321.00 508,321.00

Page 1 ends

South Lake Tahoe City CouncilMarch 14, 2023

South Lake Tahoe City Council
March 14, 2023